0x40012400: ADC address block description
1/146 fields covered. Toggle Registers
| Offset | Name | 31 |
30 |
29 |
28 |
27 |
26 |
25 |
24 |
23 |
22 |
21 |
20 |
19 |
18 |
17 |
16 |
15 |
14 |
13 |
12 |
11 |
10 |
9 |
8 |
7 |
6 |
5 |
4 |
3 |
2 |
1 |
0 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0x0 | ISR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x4 | IER | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x8 | CR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0xc | CFGR1 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x10 | CFGR2 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x14 | SMPR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x20 | AWD1TR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x24 | AWD2TR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x28 | CHSELRMOD0 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x28 | CHSELRMOD1 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x2c | AWD3TR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x40 | DR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0xa0 | AWD2CR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0xa4 | AWD3CR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0xb4 | CALFACT | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x308 | CCR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
ADC interrupt and status register
Offset: 0x0, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/10 fields covered.
Bit 13: Channel Configuration Ready flag This flag bit is set by hardware when the channel configuration is applied after programming to ADC_CHSELR register or changing CHSELRMOD or SCANDIR. It is cleared by software by programming it to it. Note: When the software configures the channels (by programming ADC_CHSELR or changing CHSELRMOD or SCANDIR), it must wait until the CCRDY flag rises before configuring again or starting conversions, otherwise the new configuration (or the START bit) is ignored. Once the flag is asserted, if the software needs to configure again the channels, it must clear the CCRDY flag before proceeding with a new configuration..
ADC control register
Offset: 0x8, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/6 fields covered.
Bit 0: ADC enable command This bit is set by software to enable the ADC. The ADC is effectively ready to operate once the ADRDY flag has been set. It is cleared by hardware when the ADC is disabled, after the execution of the ADDIS command. Note: The software is allowed to set ADEN only when all bits of ADC_CR registers are 0 (ADCALÂ =Â 0, ADSTPÂ =Â 0, ADSTARTÂ =Â 0, ADDISÂ =Â 0 and ADENÂ =Â 0).
Bit 1: ADC disable command This bit is set by software to disable the ADC (ADDIS command) and put it into power-down state (OFF state). It is cleared by hardware once the ADC is effectively disabled (ADEN is also cleared by hardware at this time). Note: Setting ADDIS to '1â is only effective when ADENÂ =Â 1 and ADSTARTÂ =Â 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing).
Bit 2: ADC start conversion command This bit is set by software to start ADC conversion. Depending on the EXTEN [1:0] configuration bits, a conversion either starts immediately (software trigger configuration) or once a hardware trigger event occurs (hardware trigger configuration). It is cleared by hardware: In single conversion mode (CONTÂ =Â 0, DISCENÂ =Â 0), when software trigger is selected (EXTENÂ =Â 00): at the assertion of the end of Conversion Sequence (EOS) flag. In discontinuous conversion mode(CONTÂ =Â 0, DISCENÂ =Â 1), when the software trigger is selected (EXTENÂ =Â 00): at the assertion of the end of Conversion (EOC) flag. In all other cases: after the execution of the ADSTP command, at the same time as the ADSTP bit is cleared by hardware. Note: The software is allowed to set ADSTART only when ADENÂ =Â 1 and ADDISÂ =Â 0 (ADC is enabled and there is no pending request to disable the ADC). After writing to ADC_CHSELR register or changing CHSELRMOD or SCANDIRW, it is mandatory to wait until CCRDY flag is asserted before setting ADSTART, otherwise, the value written to ADSTART is ignored..
Bit 4: ADC stop conversion command This bit is set by software to stop and discard an ongoing conversion (ADSTP Command). It is cleared by hardware when the conversion is effectively discarded and the ADC is ready to accept a new start conversion command. Note: Setting ADSTP to '1â is only effective when ADSTARTÂ =Â 1 and ADDISÂ =Â 0 (ADC is enabled and may be converting and there is no pending request to disable the ADC).
Bit 28: ADC Voltage Regulator Enable This bit is set by software, to enable the ADC internal voltage regulator. The voltage regulator output is available after tADCVREG_SETUP. It is cleared by software to disable the voltage regulator. It can be cleared only if ADEN is et to 0. Note: The software is allowed to program this bit field only when the ADC is disabled (ADCALÂ =Â 0, ADSTARTÂ =Â 0, ADSTPÂ =Â 0, ADDISÂ =Â 0 and ADENÂ =Â 0)..
Bit 31: ADC calibration This bit is set by software to start the calibration of the ADC. It is cleared by hardware after calibration is complete. Note: The software is allowed to set ADCAL only when the ADC is disabled (ADCALÂ =Â 0, ADSTARTÂ =Â 0, ADSTPÂ =Â 0, ADDISÂ =Â 0 and ADENÂ =Â 0). The software is allowed to update the calibration factor by writing ADC_CALFACT only when ADENÂ =Â 1 and ADSTARTÂ =Â 0 (ADC enabled and no conversion is ongoing)..
ADC configuration register 1
Offset: 0xc, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/16 fields covered.
Bit 0: Direct memory access enable This bit is set and cleared by software to enable the generation of DMA requests. This allows the DMA controller to be used to manage automatically the converted data. For more details, refer to . Note: The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART bit is cleared to 0 (this ensures that no conversion is ongoing)..
Bit 1: Direct memory access configuration This bit is set and cleared by software to select between two DMA modes of operation and is effective only when DMAEN = 1. For more details, refer to page 391 Note: The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART bit is cleared to 0 (this ensures that no conversion is ongoing)..
Bit 2: Scan sequence direction This bit is set and cleared by software to select the direction in which the channels is scanned in the sequence. It is effective only if CHSELMOD bit is cleared to 0. Note: The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART bit is cleared to 0 (this ensures that no conversion is ongoing). If CCRDY is not yet asserted after channel configuration (writing ADC_CHSELR register or changing CHSELRMOD or SCANDIR), the value written to this bit is ignored..
Bit 5: Data alignment This bit is set and cleared by software to select right or left alignment. Refer to Data alignment and resolution (oversampling disabled: OVSE = 0) on page 389 Note: The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART bit is cleared to 0 (this ensures that no conversion is ongoing)..
Bits 10-11: External trigger enable and polarity selection These bits are set and cleared by software to select the external trigger polarity and enable the trigger. Note: The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART bit is cleared to 0 (this ensures that no conversion is ongoing)..
Bit 13: Single / continuous conversion mode This bit is set and cleared by software. If it is set, conversion takes place continuously until it is cleared. Note: It is not possible to have both discontinuous mode and continuous mode enabled: it is forbidden to set both bits DISCENÂ =Â 1 and CONTÂ =Â 1. The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART bit is cleared to 0 (this ensures that no conversion is ongoing)..
Bit 16: Discontinuous mode This bit is set and cleared by software to enable/disable discontinuous mode. Note: It is not possible to have both discontinuous mode and continuous mode enabled: it is forbidden to set both bits DISCENÂ =Â 1 and CONTÂ =Â 1. The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART bit is cleared to 0 (this ensures that no conversion is ongoing)..
Bit 21: Mode selection of the ADC_CHSELR register This bit is set and cleared by software to control the ADC_CHSELR feature: Note: The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART bit is cleared to 0 (this ensures that no conversion is ongoing). If CCRDY is not yet asserted after channel configuration (writing ADC_CHSELR register or changing CHSELRMOD or SCANDIR), the value written to this bit is ignored..
Bit 22: Enable the watchdog on a single channel or on all channels This bit is set and cleared by software to enable the analog watchdog on the channel identified by the AWDCH[4:0] bits or on all the channels Note: The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART bit is cleared to 0 (this ensures that no conversion is ongoing)..
Bits 26-30: Analog watchdog channel selection These bits are set and cleared by software. They select the input channel to be guarded by the analog watchdog. ..... Others: Reserved Note: The channel selected by the AWDCH[4:0] bits must be also set into the CHSELR register. The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART bit is cleared to 0 (this ensures that no conversion is ongoing)..
ADC configuration register 2
Offset: 0x10, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/6 fields covered.
Bits 30-31: ADC clock mode These bits are set and cleared by software to define how the analog ADC is clocked: In all synchronous clock modes, there is no jitter in the delay from a timer trigger to the start of a conversion. Note: The software is allowed to write these bits only when the ADC is disabled (ADCALÂ =Â 0, ADSTARTÂ =Â 0, ADSTPÂ =Â 0, ADDISÂ =Â 0 and ADENÂ =Â 0)..
ADC sampling time register
Offset: 0x14, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/21 fields covered.
| 31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
SMPSEL18
rw |
SMPSEL17
rw |
SMPSEL16
rw |
SMPSEL15
rw |
SMPSEL14
rw |
SMPSEL13
rw |
SMPSEL12
rw |
SMPSEL11
rw |
SMPSEL10
rw |
SMPSEL9
rw |
SMPSEL8
rw |
|||||
| 15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
|
SMPSEL7
rw |
SMPSEL6
rw |
SMPSEL5
rw |
SMPSEL4
rw |
SMPSEL3
rw |
SMPSEL2
rw |
SMPSEL1
rw |
SMPSEL0
rw |
SMP2
rw |
SMP1
rw |
||||||
ADC watchdog threshold register
Offset: 0x20, reset: 0x0FFF0000, access: read-write
0/2 fields covered.
| 31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
HT1
rw |
|||||||||||||||
| 15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
|
LT1
rw |
|||||||||||||||
ADC watchdog threshold register
Offset: 0x24, reset: 0x0FFF0000, access: read-write
0/2 fields covered.
| 31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
HT2
rw |
|||||||||||||||
| 15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
|
LT2
rw |
|||||||||||||||
ADC channel selection register
Offset: 0x28, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/19 fields covered.
Bit 0: Channel-x selection These bits are written by software and define which channels are part of the sequence of channels to be converted. Note: The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTARTÂ =Â 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing). If CCRDY is not yet asserted after channel configuration (writing ADC_CHSELR register or changing CHSELRMOD or SCANDIR), the value written to this bit is ignored..
Bit 1: Channel-x selection These bits are written by software and define which channels are part of the sequence of channels to be converted. Note: The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTARTÂ =Â 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing). If CCRDY is not yet asserted after channel configuration (writing ADC_CHSELR register or changing CHSELRMOD or SCANDIR), the value written to this bit is ignored..
Bit 2: Channel-x selection These bits are written by software and define which channels are part of the sequence of channels to be converted. Note: The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTARTÂ =Â 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing). If CCRDY is not yet asserted after channel configuration (writing ADC_CHSELR register or changing CHSELRMOD or SCANDIR), the value written to this bit is ignored..
Bit 3: Channel-x selection These bits are written by software and define which channels are part of the sequence of channels to be converted. Note: The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTARTÂ =Â 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing). If CCRDY is not yet asserted after channel configuration (writing ADC_CHSELR register or changing CHSELRMOD or SCANDIR), the value written to this bit is ignored..
Bit 4: Channel-x selection These bits are written by software and define which channels are part of the sequence of channels to be converted. Note: The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTARTÂ =Â 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing). If CCRDY is not yet asserted after channel configuration (writing ADC_CHSELR register or changing CHSELRMOD or SCANDIR), the value written to this bit is ignored..
Bit 5: Channel-x selection These bits are written by software and define which channels are part of the sequence of channels to be converted. Note: The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTARTÂ =Â 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing). If CCRDY is not yet asserted after channel configuration (writing ADC_CHSELR register or changing CHSELRMOD or SCANDIR), the value written to this bit is ignored..
Bit 6: Channel-x selection These bits are written by software and define which channels are part of the sequence of channels to be converted. Note: The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTARTÂ =Â 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing). If CCRDY is not yet asserted after channel configuration (writing ADC_CHSELR register or changing CHSELRMOD or SCANDIR), the value written to this bit is ignored..
Bit 7: Channel-x selection These bits are written by software and define which channels are part of the sequence of channels to be converted. Note: The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTARTÂ =Â 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing). If CCRDY is not yet asserted after channel configuration (writing ADC_CHSELR register or changing CHSELRMOD or SCANDIR), the value written to this bit is ignored..
Bit 8: Channel-x selection These bits are written by software and define which channels are part of the sequence of channels to be converted. Note: The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTARTÂ =Â 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing). If CCRDY is not yet asserted after channel configuration (writing ADC_CHSELR register or changing CHSELRMOD or SCANDIR), the value written to this bit is ignored..
Bit 9: Channel-x selection These bits are written by software and define which channels are part of the sequence of channels to be converted. Note: The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTARTÂ =Â 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing). If CCRDY is not yet asserted after channel configuration (writing ADC_CHSELR register or changing CHSELRMOD or SCANDIR), the value written to this bit is ignored..
Bit 10: Channel-x selection These bits are written by software and define which channels are part of the sequence of channels to be converted. Note: The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTARTÂ =Â 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing). If CCRDY is not yet asserted after channel configuration (writing ADC_CHSELR register or changing CHSELRMOD or SCANDIR), the value written to this bit is ignored..
Bit 11: Channel-x selection These bits are written by software and define which channels are part of the sequence of channels to be converted. Note: The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTARTÂ =Â 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing). If CCRDY is not yet asserted after channel configuration (writing ADC_CHSELR register or changing CHSELRMOD or SCANDIR), the value written to this bit is ignored..
Bit 12: Channel-x selection These bits are written by software and define which channels are part of the sequence of channels to be converted. Note: The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTARTÂ =Â 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing). If CCRDY is not yet asserted after channel configuration (writing ADC_CHSELR register or changing CHSELRMOD or SCANDIR), the value written to this bit is ignored..
Bit 13: Channel-x selection These bits are written by software and define which channels are part of the sequence of channels to be converted. Note: The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTARTÂ =Â 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing). If CCRDY is not yet asserted after channel configuration (writing ADC_CHSELR register or changing CHSELRMOD or SCANDIR), the value written to this bit is ignored..
Bit 14: Channel-x selection These bits are written by software and define which channels are part of the sequence of channels to be converted. Note: The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTARTÂ =Â 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing). If CCRDY is not yet asserted after channel configuration (writing ADC_CHSELR register or changing CHSELRMOD or SCANDIR), the value written to this bit is ignored..
Bit 15: Channel-x selection These bits are written by software and define which channels are part of the sequence of channels to be converted. Note: The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTARTÂ =Â 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing). If CCRDY is not yet asserted after channel configuration (writing ADC_CHSELR register or changing CHSELRMOD or SCANDIR), the value written to this bit is ignored..
Bit 16: Channel-x selection These bits are written by software and define which channels are part of the sequence of channels to be converted. Note: The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTARTÂ =Â 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing). If CCRDY is not yet asserted after channel configuration (writing ADC_CHSELR register or changing CHSELRMOD or SCANDIR), the value written to this bit is ignored..
Bit 17: Channel-x selection These bits are written by software and define which channels are part of the sequence of channels to be converted. Note: The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTARTÂ =Â 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing). If CCRDY is not yet asserted after channel configuration (writing ADC_CHSELR register or changing CHSELRMOD or SCANDIR), the value written to this bit is ignored..
Bit 18: Channel-x selection These bits are written by software and define which channels are part of the sequence of channels to be converted. Note: The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTARTÂ =Â 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing). If CCRDY is not yet asserted after channel configuration (writing ADC_CHSELR register or changing CHSELRMOD or SCANDIR), the value written to this bit is ignored..
ADC channel selection register
Offset: 0x28, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/8 fields covered.
Bits 0-3: 1st conversion of the sequence These bits are programmed by software with the channel number (0...14) assigned to the 8th conversion of the sequence. 0b1111 indicates end of the sequence. When 0b1111 (end of sequence) is programmed to the lower sequence channels, these bits are ignored. Refer to SQ8[3:0] for a definition of channel selection. Note: The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTARTÂ =Â 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing)..
Bits 4-7: 2nd conversion of the sequence These bits are programmed by software with the channel number (0...14) assigned to the 8th conversion of the sequence. 0b1111 indicates end of the sequence. When 0b1111 (end of sequence) is programmed to the lower sequence channels, these bits are ignored. Refer to SQ8[3:0] for a definition of channel selection. Note: The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTARTÂ =Â 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing)..
Bits 8-11: 3rd conversion of the sequence These bits are programmed by software with the channel number (0...14) assigned to the 8th conversion of the sequence. 0b1111 indicates end of the sequence. When 0b1111 (end of sequence) is programmed to the lower sequence channels, these bits are ignored. Refer to SQ8[3:0] for a definition of channel selection. Note: The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTARTÂ =Â 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing)..
Bits 12-15: 4th conversion of the sequence These bits are programmed by software with the channel number (0...14) assigned to the 8th conversion of the sequence. 0b1111 indicates end of the sequence. When 0b1111 (end of sequence) is programmed to the lower sequence channels, these bits are ignored. Refer to SQ8[3:0] for a definition of channel selection. Note: The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTARTÂ =Â 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing)..
Bits 16-19: 5th conversion of the sequence These bits are programmed by software with the channel number (0...14) assigned to the 8th conversion of the sequence. 0b1111 indicates end of the sequence. When 0b1111 (end of sequence) is programmed to the lower sequence channels, these bits are ignored. Refer to SQ8[3:0] for a definition of channel selection. Note: The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTARTÂ =Â 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing)..
Bits 20-23: 6th conversion of the sequence These bits are programmed by software with the channel number (0...14) assigned to the 8th conversion of the sequence. 0b1111 indicates end of the sequence. When 0b1111 (end of sequence) is programmed to the lower sequence channels, these bits are ignored. Refer to SQ8[3:0] for a definition of channel selection. Note: The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTARTÂ =Â 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing)..
Bits 24-27: 7th conversion of the sequence These bits are programmed by software with the channel number (0...14) assigned to the 8th conversion of the sequence. 0b1111 indicates end of the sequence. When 0b1111 (end of sequence) is programmed to the lower sequence channels, these bits are ignored. Refer to SQ8[3:0] for a definition of channel selection. Note: The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTARTÂ =Â 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing)..
Bits 28-31: 8th conversion of the sequence These bits are programmed by software with the channel number (0...14) assigned to the 8th conversion of the sequence. 0b1111 indicates the end of the sequence. When 0b1111 (end of sequence) is programmed to the lower sequence channels, these bits are ignored. ... Note: The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTARTÂ =Â 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing)..
ADC watchdog threshold register
Offset: 0x2c, reset: 0x0FFF0000, access: read-write
0/2 fields covered.
| 31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
HT3
rw |
|||||||||||||||
| 15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
|
LT3
rw |
|||||||||||||||
ADC data register
Offset: 0x40, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-only
1/1 fields covered.
| 31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
|
DATA
r |
|||||||||||||||
ADC Analog Watchdog 2 Configuration register
Offset: 0xa0, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/19 fields covered.
| 31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
AWD2CH18
rw |
AWD2CH17
rw |
AWD2CH16
rw |
|||||||||||||
| 15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
|
AWD2CH15
rw |
AWD2CH14
rw |
AWD2CH13
rw |
AWD2CH12
rw |
AWD2CH11
rw |
AWD2CH10
rw |
AWD2CH9
rw |
AWD2CH8
rw |
AWD2CH7
rw |
AWD2CH6
rw |
AWD2CH5
rw |
AWD2CH4
rw |
AWD2CH3
rw |
AWD2CH2
rw |
AWD2CH1
rw |
AWD2CH0
rw |
Bit 0: Analog watchdog channel selection These bits are set and cleared by software. They enable and select the input channels to be guarded by analog watchdog 2 (AWD2). Note: The channels selected through ADC_AWD2CR must be also configured into the ADC_CHSELR registers. Refer to SQ8[3:0] for a definition of channel selection. The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTARTÂ =Â 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing)..
Bit 1: Analog watchdog channel selection These bits are set and cleared by software. They enable and select the input channels to be guarded by analog watchdog 2 (AWD2). Note: The channels selected through ADC_AWD2CR must be also configured into the ADC_CHSELR registers. Refer to SQ8[3:0] for a definition of channel selection. The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTARTÂ =Â 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing)..
Bit 2: Analog watchdog channel selection These bits are set and cleared by software. They enable and select the input channels to be guarded by analog watchdog 2 (AWD2). Note: The channels selected through ADC_AWD2CR must be also configured into the ADC_CHSELR registers. Refer to SQ8[3:0] for a definition of channel selection. The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTARTÂ =Â 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing)..
Bit 3: Analog watchdog channel selection These bits are set and cleared by software. They enable and select the input channels to be guarded by analog watchdog 2 (AWD2). Note: The channels selected through ADC_AWD2CR must be also configured into the ADC_CHSELR registers. Refer to SQ8[3:0] for a definition of channel selection. The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTARTÂ =Â 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing)..
Bit 4: Analog watchdog channel selection These bits are set and cleared by software. They enable and select the input channels to be guarded by analog watchdog 2 (AWD2). Note: The channels selected through ADC_AWD2CR must be also configured into the ADC_CHSELR registers. Refer to SQ8[3:0] for a definition of channel selection. The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTARTÂ =Â 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing)..
Bit 5: Analog watchdog channel selection These bits are set and cleared by software. They enable and select the input channels to be guarded by analog watchdog 2 (AWD2). Note: The channels selected through ADC_AWD2CR must be also configured into the ADC_CHSELR registers. Refer to SQ8[3:0] for a definition of channel selection. The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTARTÂ =Â 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing)..
Bit 6: Analog watchdog channel selection These bits are set and cleared by software. They enable and select the input channels to be guarded by analog watchdog 2 (AWD2). Note: The channels selected through ADC_AWD2CR must be also configured into the ADC_CHSELR registers. Refer to SQ8[3:0] for a definition of channel selection. The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTARTÂ =Â 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing)..
Bit 7: Analog watchdog channel selection These bits are set and cleared by software. They enable and select the input channels to be guarded by analog watchdog 2 (AWD2). Note: The channels selected through ADC_AWD2CR must be also configured into the ADC_CHSELR registers. Refer to SQ8[3:0] for a definition of channel selection. The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTARTÂ =Â 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing)..
Bit 8: Analog watchdog channel selection These bits are set and cleared by software. They enable and select the input channels to be guarded by analog watchdog 2 (AWD2). Note: The channels selected through ADC_AWD2CR must be also configured into the ADC_CHSELR registers. Refer to SQ8[3:0] for a definition of channel selection. The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTARTÂ =Â 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing)..
Bit 9: Analog watchdog channel selection These bits are set and cleared by software. They enable and select the input channels to be guarded by analog watchdog 2 (AWD2). Note: The channels selected through ADC_AWD2CR must be also configured into the ADC_CHSELR registers. Refer to SQ8[3:0] for a definition of channel selection. The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTARTÂ =Â 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing)..
Bit 10: Analog watchdog channel selection These bits are set and cleared by software. They enable and select the input channels to be guarded by analog watchdog 2 (AWD2). Note: The channels selected through ADC_AWD2CR must be also configured into the ADC_CHSELR registers. Refer to SQ8[3:0] for a definition of channel selection. The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTARTÂ =Â 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing)..
Bit 11: Analog watchdog channel selection These bits are set and cleared by software. They enable and select the input channels to be guarded by analog watchdog 2 (AWD2). Note: The channels selected through ADC_AWD2CR must be also configured into the ADC_CHSELR registers. Refer to SQ8[3:0] for a definition of channel selection. The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTARTÂ =Â 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing)..
Bit 12: Analog watchdog channel selection These bits are set and cleared by software. They enable and select the input channels to be guarded by analog watchdog 2 (AWD2). Note: The channels selected through ADC_AWD2CR must be also configured into the ADC_CHSELR registers. Refer to SQ8[3:0] for a definition of channel selection. The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTARTÂ =Â 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing)..
Bit 13: Analog watchdog channel selection These bits are set and cleared by software. They enable and select the input channels to be guarded by analog watchdog 2 (AWD2). Note: The channels selected through ADC_AWD2CR must be also configured into the ADC_CHSELR registers. Refer to SQ8[3:0] for a definition of channel selection. The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTARTÂ =Â 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing)..
Bit 14: Analog watchdog channel selection These bits are set and cleared by software. They enable and select the input channels to be guarded by analog watchdog 2 (AWD2). Note: The channels selected through ADC_AWD2CR must be also configured into the ADC_CHSELR registers. Refer to SQ8[3:0] for a definition of channel selection. The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTARTÂ =Â 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing)..
Bit 15: Analog watchdog channel selection These bits are set and cleared by software. They enable and select the input channels to be guarded by analog watchdog 2 (AWD2). Note: The channels selected through ADC_AWD2CR must be also configured into the ADC_CHSELR registers. Refer to SQ8[3:0] for a definition of channel selection. The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTARTÂ =Â 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing)..
Bit 16: Analog watchdog channel selection These bits are set and cleared by software. They enable and select the input channels to be guarded by analog watchdog 2 (AWD2). Note: The channels selected through ADC_AWD2CR must be also configured into the ADC_CHSELR registers. Refer to SQ8[3:0] for a definition of channel selection. The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTARTÂ =Â 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing)..
Bit 17: Analog watchdog channel selection These bits are set and cleared by software. They enable and select the input channels to be guarded by analog watchdog 2 (AWD2). Note: The channels selected through ADC_AWD2CR must be also configured into the ADC_CHSELR registers. Refer to SQ8[3:0] for a definition of channel selection. The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTARTÂ =Â 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing)..
Bit 18: Analog watchdog channel selection These bits are set and cleared by software. They enable and select the input channels to be guarded by analog watchdog 2 (AWD2). Note: The channels selected through ADC_AWD2CR must be also configured into the ADC_CHSELR registers. Refer to SQ8[3:0] for a definition of channel selection. The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTARTÂ =Â 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing)..
ADC Analog Watchdog 3 Configuration register
Offset: 0xa4, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/19 fields covered.
| 31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
AWD3CH18
rw |
AWD3CH17
rw |
AWD3CH16
rw |
|||||||||||||
| 15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
|
AWD3CH15
rw |
AWD3CH14
rw |
AWD3CH13
rw |
AWD3CH12
rw |
AWD3CH11
rw |
AWD3CH10
rw |
AWD3CH9
rw |
AWD3CH8
rw |
AWD3CH7
rw |
AWD3CH6
rw |
AWD3CH5
rw |
AWD3CH4
rw |
AWD3CH3
rw |
AWD3CH2
rw |
AWD3CH1
rw |
AWD3CH0
rw |
Bit 0: Analog watchdog channel selection These bits are set and cleared by software. They enable and select the input channels to be guarded by analog watchdog 3 (AWD3). Note: The channels selected through ADC_AWD3CR must be also configured into the ADC_CHSELR registers. Refer to SQ8[3:0] for a definition of channel selection. The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART=0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing)..
Bit 1: Analog watchdog channel selection These bits are set and cleared by software. They enable and select the input channels to be guarded by analog watchdog 3 (AWD3). Note: The channels selected through ADC_AWD3CR must be also configured into the ADC_CHSELR registers. Refer to SQ8[3:0] for a definition of channel selection. The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART=0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing)..
Bit 2: Analog watchdog channel selection These bits are set and cleared by software. They enable and select the input channels to be guarded by analog watchdog 3 (AWD3). Note: The channels selected through ADC_AWD3CR must be also configured into the ADC_CHSELR registers. Refer to SQ8[3:0] for a definition of channel selection. The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART=0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing)..
Bit 3: Analog watchdog channel selection These bits are set and cleared by software. They enable and select the input channels to be guarded by analog watchdog 3 (AWD3). Note: The channels selected through ADC_AWD3CR must be also configured into the ADC_CHSELR registers. Refer to SQ8[3:0] for a definition of channel selection. The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART=0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing)..
Bit 4: Analog watchdog channel selection These bits are set and cleared by software. They enable and select the input channels to be guarded by analog watchdog 3 (AWD3). Note: The channels selected through ADC_AWD3CR must be also configured into the ADC_CHSELR registers. Refer to SQ8[3:0] for a definition of channel selection. The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART=0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing)..
Bit 5: Analog watchdog channel selection These bits are set and cleared by software. They enable and select the input channels to be guarded by analog watchdog 3 (AWD3). Note: The channels selected through ADC_AWD3CR must be also configured into the ADC_CHSELR registers. Refer to SQ8[3:0] for a definition of channel selection. The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART=0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing)..
Bit 6: Analog watchdog channel selection These bits are set and cleared by software. They enable and select the input channels to be guarded by analog watchdog 3 (AWD3). Note: The channels selected through ADC_AWD3CR must be also configured into the ADC_CHSELR registers. Refer to SQ8[3:0] for a definition of channel selection. The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART=0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing)..
Bit 7: Analog watchdog channel selection These bits are set and cleared by software. They enable and select the input channels to be guarded by analog watchdog 3 (AWD3). Note: The channels selected through ADC_AWD3CR must be also configured into the ADC_CHSELR registers. Refer to SQ8[3:0] for a definition of channel selection. The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART=0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing)..
Bit 8: Analog watchdog channel selection These bits are set and cleared by software. They enable and select the input channels to be guarded by analog watchdog 3 (AWD3). Note: The channels selected through ADC_AWD3CR must be also configured into the ADC_CHSELR registers. Refer to SQ8[3:0] for a definition of channel selection. The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART=0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing)..
Bit 9: Analog watchdog channel selection These bits are set and cleared by software. They enable and select the input channels to be guarded by analog watchdog 3 (AWD3). Note: The channels selected through ADC_AWD3CR must be also configured into the ADC_CHSELR registers. Refer to SQ8[3:0] for a definition of channel selection. The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART=0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing)..
Bit 10: Analog watchdog channel selection These bits are set and cleared by software. They enable and select the input channels to be guarded by analog watchdog 3 (AWD3). Note: The channels selected through ADC_AWD3CR must be also configured into the ADC_CHSELR registers. Refer to SQ8[3:0] for a definition of channel selection. The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART=0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing)..
Bit 11: Analog watchdog channel selection These bits are set and cleared by software. They enable and select the input channels to be guarded by analog watchdog 3 (AWD3). Note: The channels selected through ADC_AWD3CR must be also configured into the ADC_CHSELR registers. Refer to SQ8[3:0] for a definition of channel selection. The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART=0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing)..
Bit 12: Analog watchdog channel selection These bits are set and cleared by software. They enable and select the input channels to be guarded by analog watchdog 3 (AWD3). Note: The channels selected through ADC_AWD3CR must be also configured into the ADC_CHSELR registers. Refer to SQ8[3:0] for a definition of channel selection. The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART=0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing)..
Bit 13: Analog watchdog channel selection These bits are set and cleared by software. They enable and select the input channels to be guarded by analog watchdog 3 (AWD3). Note: The channels selected through ADC_AWD3CR must be also configured into the ADC_CHSELR registers. Refer to SQ8[3:0] for a definition of channel selection. The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART=0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing)..
Bit 14: Analog watchdog channel selection These bits are set and cleared by software. They enable and select the input channels to be guarded by analog watchdog 3 (AWD3). Note: The channels selected through ADC_AWD3CR must be also configured into the ADC_CHSELR registers. Refer to SQ8[3:0] for a definition of channel selection. The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART=0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing)..
Bit 15: Analog watchdog channel selection These bits are set and cleared by software. They enable and select the input channels to be guarded by analog watchdog 3 (AWD3). Note: The channels selected through ADC_AWD3CR must be also configured into the ADC_CHSELR registers. Refer to SQ8[3:0] for a definition of channel selection. The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART=0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing)..
Bit 16: Analog watchdog channel selection These bits are set and cleared by software. They enable and select the input channels to be guarded by analog watchdog 3 (AWD3). Note: The channels selected through ADC_AWD3CR must be also configured into the ADC_CHSELR registers. Refer to SQ8[3:0] for a definition of channel selection. The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART=0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing)..
Bit 17: Analog watchdog channel selection These bits are set and cleared by software. They enable and select the input channels to be guarded by analog watchdog 3 (AWD3). Note: The channels selected through ADC_AWD3CR must be also configured into the ADC_CHSELR registers. Refer to SQ8[3:0] for a definition of channel selection. The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART=0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing)..
Bit 18: Analog watchdog channel selection These bits are set and cleared by software. They enable and select the input channels to be guarded by analog watchdog 3 (AWD3). Note: The channels selected through ADC_AWD3CR must be also configured into the ADC_CHSELR registers. Refer to SQ8[3:0] for a definition of channel selection. The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART=0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing)..
ADC Calibration factor
Offset: 0xb4, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/1 fields covered.
| 31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
|
CALFACT
rw |
|||||||||||||||
Bits 0-6: Calibration factor These bits are written by hardware or by software. Once a calibration is complete, they are updated by hardware with the calibration factors. Software can write these bits with a new calibration factor. If the new calibration factor is different from the current one stored into the analog ADC, it is then applied once a new calibration is launched. Just after a calibration is complete, DATA[6:0] contains the calibration factor. Note: Software can write these bits only when ADEN=1 (ADC is enabled and no calibration is ongoing and no conversion is ongoing). Refer to SQ8[3:0] for a definition of channel selection..
ADC common configuration register
Offset: 0x308, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/4 fields covered.
| 31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
VBATEN
rw |
TSEN
rw |
VREFEN
rw |
PRESC
rw |
||||||||||||
| 15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
0x40023000: Cyclic redundancy check calculation unit
0/8 fields covered. Toggle Registers
| Offset | Name | 31 |
30 |
29 |
28 |
27 |
26 |
25 |
24 |
23 |
22 |
21 |
20 |
19 |
18 |
17 |
16 |
15 |
14 |
13 |
12 |
11 |
10 |
9 |
8 |
7 |
6 |
5 |
4 |
3 |
2 |
1 |
0 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0x0 | DR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x4 | IDR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x8 | CR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x10 | INIT | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x14 | POL | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Data register
Offset: 0x0, reset: 0xFFFFFFFF, access: read-write
0/1 fields covered.
| 31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
DR
rw |
|||||||||||||||
| 15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
|
DR
rw |
|||||||||||||||
Independent data register
Offset: 0x4, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/1 fields covered.
| 31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
IDR
rw |
|||||||||||||||
| 15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
|
IDR
rw |
|||||||||||||||
Control register
Offset: 0x8, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/4 fields covered.
| 31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
|
REV_OUT
rw |
REV_IN
rw |
POLYSIZE
rw |
RESET
w |
||||||||||||
Initial CRC value
Offset: 0x10, reset: 0xFFFFFFFF, access: read-write
0/1 fields covered.
| 31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
CRC_INIT
rw |
|||||||||||||||
| 15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
|
CRC_INIT
rw |
|||||||||||||||
polynomial
Offset: 0x14, reset: 0x04C11DB7, access: read-write
0/1 fields covered.
| 31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
POL
rw |
|||||||||||||||
| 15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
|
POL
rw |
|||||||||||||||
0x40015800: Debug support
2/17 fields covered. Toggle Registers
| Offset | Name | 31 |
30 |
29 |
28 |
27 |
26 |
25 |
24 |
23 |
22 |
21 |
20 |
19 |
18 |
17 |
16 |
15 |
14 |
13 |
12 |
11 |
10 |
9 |
8 |
7 |
6 |
5 |
4 |
3 |
2 |
1 |
0 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0x0 | IDCODE | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x4 | CR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x8 | APB_FZ1 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0xc | APB_FZ2 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
MCU Device ID Code Register
Offset: 0x0, reset: 0x0, access: read-only
2/2 fields covered.
| 31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
REV_ID
r |
|||||||||||||||
| 15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
|
DEV_ID
r |
|||||||||||||||
DBG configuration register
Offset: 0x4, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/2 fields covered.
| 31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
|
DBG_STANDBY
rw |
DBG_STOP
rw |
||||||||||||||
DBG APB freeze register 1
Offset: 0x8, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/8 fields covered.
| 31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
DBG_I2C2_SMBUS_TIMEOUT
rw |
DBG_I2C1_SMBUS_TIMEOUT
rw |
||||||||||||||
| 15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
|
DBG_IWDG_STOP
rw |
DBG_WWDG_STOP
rw |
DBG_RTC_STOP
rw |
DBG_TIM7_STOP
rw |
DBG_TIM6_STOP
rw |
DBG_TIM3_STOP
rw |
||||||||||
DBG APB freeze register 2
Offset: 0xc, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/5 fields covered.
| 31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
DBG_TIM17_STOP
rw |
DBG_TIM16_STOP
rw |
DBG_TIM15_STOP
rw |
|||||||||||||
| 15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
|
DBG_TIM14_STOP
rw |
DBG_TIM1_STOP
rw |
||||||||||||||
0x40020800: DMAMUX
21/136 fields covered. Toggle Registers
| Offset | Name | 31 |
30 |
29 |
28 |
27 |
26 |
25 |
24 |
23 |
22 |
21 |
20 |
19 |
18 |
17 |
16 |
15 |
14 |
13 |
12 |
11 |
10 |
9 |
8 |
7 |
6 |
5 |
4 |
3 |
2 |
1 |
0 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0x0 | C0CR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x4 | C1CR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x8 | C2CR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0xc | C3CR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x10 | C4CR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x14 | C5CR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x18 | C6CR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x1c | C7CR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x20 | C8CR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x24 | C9CR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x28 | C10CR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x2c | C11CR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x80 | CSR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x84 | CFR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x100 | RG0CR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x104 | RG1CR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x108 | RG2CR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x10c | RG3CR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x140 | RGSR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x144 | RGCFR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
DMAMUX request generator interrupt status register
Offset: 0x140, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-only
4/4 fields covered.
| 31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
|
OF3
r |
OF2
r |
OF1
r |
OF0
r |
||||||||||||
Bit 0: Trigger overrun event flag The flag is set when a new trigger event occurs on DMA request generator channel x, before the request counter underrun (the internal request counter programmed via the GNBREQ field of the DMAMUX_RGxCR register). The flag is cleared by writing 1 to the corresponding COFx bit in the DMAMUX_RGCFR register..
Bit 1: Trigger overrun event flag The flag is set when a new trigger event occurs on DMA request generator channel x, before the request counter underrun (the internal request counter programmed via the GNBREQ field of the DMAMUX_RGxCR register). The flag is cleared by writing 1 to the corresponding COFx bit in the DMAMUX_RGCFR register..
Bit 2: Trigger overrun event flag The flag is set when a new trigger event occurs on DMA request generator channel x, before the request counter underrun (the internal request counter programmed via the GNBREQ field of the DMAMUX_RGxCR register). The flag is cleared by writing 1 to the corresponding COFx bit in the DMAMUX_RGCFR register..
Bit 3: Trigger overrun event flag The flag is set when a new trigger event occurs on DMA request generator channel x, before the request counter underrun (the internal request counter programmed via the GNBREQ field of the DMAMUX_RGxCR register). The flag is cleared by writing 1 to the corresponding COFx bit in the DMAMUX_RGCFR register..
DMAMUX request generator interrupt clear flag register
Offset: 0x144, reset: 0x00000000, access: write-only
0/4 fields covered.
| 31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
|
COF3
w |
COF2
w |
COF1
w |
COF0
w |
||||||||||||
0x50000000: General-purpose I/Os
16/177 fields covered. Toggle Registers
| Offset | Name | 31 |
30 |
29 |
28 |
27 |
26 |
25 |
24 |
23 |
22 |
21 |
20 |
19 |
18 |
17 |
16 |
15 |
14 |
13 |
12 |
11 |
10 |
9 |
8 |
7 |
6 |
5 |
4 |
3 |
2 |
1 |
0 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0x0 | MODER | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x4 | OTYPER | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x8 | OSPEEDR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0xc | PUPDR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x10 | IDR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x14 | ODR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x18 | BSRR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x1c | LCKR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x20 | AFRL | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x24 | AFRH | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x28 | BRR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
GPIO port bit set/reset register
Offset: 0x18, reset: 0x00000000, access: write-only
0/32 fields covered.
| 31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
BR15
w |
BR14
w |
BR13
w |
BR12
w |
BR11
w |
BR10
w |
BR9
w |
BR8
w |
BR7
w |
BR6
w |
BR5
w |
BR4
w |
BR3
w |
BR2
w |
BR1
w |
BR0
w |
| 15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
|
BS15
w |
BS14
w |
BS13
w |
BS12
w |
BS11
w |
BS10
w |
BS9
w |
BS8
w |
BS7
w |
BS6
w |
BS5
w |
BS4
w |
BS3
w |
BS2
w |
BS1
w |
BS0
w |
0x50000400: General-purpose I/Os
16/177 fields covered. Toggle Registers
| Offset | Name | 31 |
30 |
29 |
28 |
27 |
26 |
25 |
24 |
23 |
22 |
21 |
20 |
19 |
18 |
17 |
16 |
15 |
14 |
13 |
12 |
11 |
10 |
9 |
8 |
7 |
6 |
5 |
4 |
3 |
2 |
1 |
0 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0x0 | MODER | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x4 | OTYPER | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x8 | OSPEEDR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0xc | PUPDR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x10 | IDR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x14 | ODR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x18 | BSRR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x1c | LCKR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x20 | AFRL | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x24 | AFRH | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x28 | BRR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
GPIO port bit set/reset register
Offset: 0x18, reset: 0x00000000, access: write-only
0/32 fields covered.
| 31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
BR15
w |
BR14
w |
BR13
w |
BR12
w |
BR11
w |
BR10
w |
BR9
w |
BR8
w |
BR7
w |
BR6
w |
BR5
w |
BR4
w |
BR3
w |
BR2
w |
BR1
w |
BR0
w |
| 15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
|
BS15
w |
BS14
w |
BS13
w |
BS12
w |
BS11
w |
BS10
w |
BS9
w |
BS8
w |
BS7
w |
BS6
w |
BS5
w |
BS4
w |
BS3
w |
BS2
w |
BS1
w |
BS0
w |
0x50000800: General-purpose I/Os
16/177 fields covered. Toggle Registers
| Offset | Name | 31 |
30 |
29 |
28 |
27 |
26 |
25 |
24 |
23 |
22 |
21 |
20 |
19 |
18 |
17 |
16 |
15 |
14 |
13 |
12 |
11 |
10 |
9 |
8 |
7 |
6 |
5 |
4 |
3 |
2 |
1 |
0 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0x0 | MODER | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x4 | OTYPER | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x8 | OSPEEDR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0xc | PUPDR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x10 | IDR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x14 | ODR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x18 | BSRR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x1c | LCKR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x20 | AFRL | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x24 | AFRH | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x28 | BRR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
GPIO port bit set/reset register
Offset: 0x18, reset: 0x00000000, access: write-only
0/32 fields covered.
| 31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
BR15
w |
BR14
w |
BR13
w |
BR12
w |
BR11
w |
BR10
w |
BR9
w |
BR8
w |
BR7
w |
BR6
w |
BR5
w |
BR4
w |
BR3
w |
BR2
w |
BR1
w |
BR0
w |
| 15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
|
BS15
w |
BS14
w |
BS13
w |
BS12
w |
BS11
w |
BS10
w |
BS9
w |
BS8
w |
BS7
w |
BS6
w |
BS5
w |
BS4
w |
BS3
w |
BS2
w |
BS1
w |
BS0
w |
0x50000c00: General-purpose I/Os
16/177 fields covered. Toggle Registers
| Offset | Name | 31 |
30 |
29 |
28 |
27 |
26 |
25 |
24 |
23 |
22 |
21 |
20 |
19 |
18 |
17 |
16 |
15 |
14 |
13 |
12 |
11 |
10 |
9 |
8 |
7 |
6 |
5 |
4 |
3 |
2 |
1 |
0 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0x0 | MODER | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x4 | OTYPER | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x8 | OSPEEDR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0xc | PUPDR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x10 | IDR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x14 | ODR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x18 | BSRR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x1c | LCKR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x20 | AFRL | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x24 | AFRH | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x28 | BRR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
GPIO port bit set/reset register
Offset: 0x18, reset: 0x00000000, access: write-only
0/32 fields covered.
| 31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
BR15
w |
BR14
w |
BR13
w |
BR12
w |
BR11
w |
BR10
w |
BR9
w |
BR8
w |
BR7
w |
BR6
w |
BR5
w |
BR4
w |
BR3
w |
BR2
w |
BR1
w |
BR0
w |
| 15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
|
BS15
w |
BS14
w |
BS13
w |
BS12
w |
BS11
w |
BS10
w |
BS9
w |
BS8
w |
BS7
w |
BS6
w |
BS5
w |
BS4
w |
BS3
w |
BS2
w |
BS1
w |
BS0
w |
0x50001000: General-purpose I/Os
16/177 fields covered. Toggle Registers
| Offset | Name | 31 |
30 |
29 |
28 |
27 |
26 |
25 |
24 |
23 |
22 |
21 |
20 |
19 |
18 |
17 |
16 |
15 |
14 |
13 |
12 |
11 |
10 |
9 |
8 |
7 |
6 |
5 |
4 |
3 |
2 |
1 |
0 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0x0 | MODER | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x4 | OTYPER | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x8 | OSPEEDR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0xc | PUPDR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x10 | IDR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x14 | ODR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x18 | BSRR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x1c | LCKR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x20 | AFRL | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x24 | AFRH | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x28 | BRR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
GPIO port bit set/reset register
Offset: 0x18, reset: 0x00000000, access: write-only
0/32 fields covered.
| 31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
BR15
w |
BR14
w |
BR13
w |
BR12
w |
BR11
w |
BR10
w |
BR9
w |
BR8
w |
BR7
w |
BR6
w |
BR5
w |
BR4
w |
BR3
w |
BR2
w |
BR1
w |
BR0
w |
| 15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
|
BS15
w |
BS14
w |
BS13
w |
BS12
w |
BS11
w |
BS10
w |
BS9
w |
BS8
w |
BS7
w |
BS6
w |
BS5
w |
BS4
w |
BS3
w |
BS2
w |
BS1
w |
BS0
w |
0x50001400: General-purpose I/Os
16/177 fields covered. Toggle Registers
| Offset | Name | 31 |
30 |
29 |
28 |
27 |
26 |
25 |
24 |
23 |
22 |
21 |
20 |
19 |
18 |
17 |
16 |
15 |
14 |
13 |
12 |
11 |
10 |
9 |
8 |
7 |
6 |
5 |
4 |
3 |
2 |
1 |
0 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0x0 | MODER | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x4 | OTYPER | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x8 | OSPEEDR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0xc | PUPDR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x10 | IDR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x14 | ODR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x18 | BSRR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x1c | LCKR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x20 | AFRL | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x24 | AFRH | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x28 | BRR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
GPIO port bit set/reset register
Offset: 0x18, reset: 0x00000000, access: write-only
0/32 fields covered.
| 31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
BR15
w |
BR14
w |
BR13
w |
BR12
w |
BR11
w |
BR10
w |
BR9
w |
BR8
w |
BR7
w |
BR6
w |
BR5
w |
BR4
w |
BR3
w |
BR2
w |
BR1
w |
BR0
w |
| 15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
|
BS15
w |
BS14
w |
BS13
w |
BS12
w |
BS11
w |
BS10
w |
BS9
w |
BS8
w |
BS7
w |
BS6
w |
BS5
w |
BS4
w |
BS3
w |
BS2
w |
BS1
w |
BS0
w |
0x40005400: Inter-integrated circuit
17/76 fields covered. Toggle Registers
| Offset | Name | 31 |
30 |
29 |
28 |
27 |
26 |
25 |
24 |
23 |
22 |
21 |
20 |
19 |
18 |
17 |
16 |
15 |
14 |
13 |
12 |
11 |
10 |
9 |
8 |
7 |
6 |
5 |
4 |
3 |
2 |
1 |
0 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0x0 | I2C_CR1 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x4 | I2C_CR2 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x8 | I2C_OAR1 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0xc | I2C_OAR2 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x10 | I2C_TIMINGR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x14 | I2C_TIMEOUTR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x18 | I2C_ISR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x1c | I2C_ICR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x20 | I2C_PECR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x24 | I2C_RXDR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x28 | I2C_TXDR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Control register 1
Offset: 0x0, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/20 fields covered.
Bits 8-11: Digital noise filter These bits are used to configure the digital noise filter on SDA and SCL input. The digital filter, filters spikes with a length of up to DNF[3:0] * tI2CCLK ... Note: If the analog filter is also enabled, the digital filter is added to the analog filter. This filter can only be programmed when the I2C is disabled (PE = 0)..
Control register 2
Offset: 0x4, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/11 fields covered.
Bits 0-9: Slave address (master mode) In 7-bit addressing mode (ADD10 = 0): SADD[7:1] should be written with the 7-bit slave address to be sent. The bits SADD[9], SADD[8] and SADD[0] are don't care. In 10-bit addressing mode (ADD10 = 1): SADD[9:0] should be written with the 10-bit slave address to be sent. Note: Changing these bits when the START bit is set is not allowed..
Bit 13: Start generation This bit is set by software, and cleared by hardware after the Start followed by the address sequence is sent, by an arbitration loss, by a timeout error detection, or when PE = 0. It can also be cleared by software by writing '1â to the ADDRCF bit in the I2C_ICR register. If the I2C is already in master mode with AUTOEND = 0, setting this bit generates a Repeated Start condition when RELOAD=0, after the end of the NBYTES transfer. Otherwise setting this bit generates a START condition once the bus is free. Note: Writing '0â to this bit has no effect. The START bit can be set even if the bus is BUSY or I2C is in slave mode. This bit has no effect when RELOAD is set..
Bit 15: NACK generation (slave mode) The bit is set by software, cleared by hardware when the NACK is sent, or when a STOP condition or an Address matched is received, or when PE=0. Note: Writing '0â to this bit has no effect. This bit is used in slave mode only: in master receiver mode, NACK is automatically generated after last byte preceding STOP or RESTART condition, whatever the NACK bit value. When an overrun occurs in slave receiver NOSTRETCH mode, a NACK is automatically generated whatever the NACK bit value. When hardware PEC checking is enabled (PECBYTE=1), the PEC acknowledge value does not depend on the NACK value..
Bit 26: Packet error checking byte This bit is set by software, and cleared by hardware when the PEC is transferred, or when a STOP condition or an Address matched is received, also when PE=0. Note: Writing '0â to this bit has no effect. This bit has no effect when RELOAD is set. This bit has no effect is slave mode when SBC=0. If the SMBus feature is not supported, this bit is reserved and forced by hardware to '0â. Refer to ..
Own address register 1
Offset: 0x8, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/3 fields covered.
| 31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
|
OA1EN
rw |
OA1MODE
rw |
OA1
rw |
|||||||||||||
Own address register 2
Offset: 0xc, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/3 fields covered.
| 31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
|
OA2EN
rw |
OA2MSK
rw |
OA2
rw |
|||||||||||||
Status register 1
Offset: 0x14, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/5 fields covered.
Bits 0-11: Bus Timeout A This field is used to configure: The SCL low timeout condition tTIMEOUT when TIDLE=0 tTIMEOUT= (TIMEOUTA+1) x 2048 x tI2CCLK The bus idle condition (both SCL and SDA high) when TIDLE=1 tIDLE= (TIMEOUTA+1) x 4 x tI2CCLK Note: These bits can be written only when TIMOUTEN=0..
Bits 16-27: Bus timeout B This field is used to configure the cumulative clock extension timeout: In master mode, the master cumulative clock low extend time (tLOW:MEXT) is detected In slave mode, the slave cumulative clock low extend time (tLOW:SEXT) is detected tLOW:EXT= (TIMEOUTB+1) x 2048 x tI2CCLK Note: These bits can be written only when TEXTEN=0..
PEC register
Offset: 0x20, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-only
1/1 fields covered.
| 31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
|
PEC
r |
|||||||||||||||
Receive data register
Offset: 0x24, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-only
1/1 fields covered.
| 31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
|
RXDATA
r |
|||||||||||||||
Transmit data register
Offset: 0x28, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/1 fields covered.
| 31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
|
TXDATA
rw |
|||||||||||||||
0x40005800: Inter-integrated circuit
17/76 fields covered. Toggle Registers
| Offset | Name | 31 |
30 |
29 |
28 |
27 |
26 |
25 |
24 |
23 |
22 |
21 |
20 |
19 |
18 |
17 |
16 |
15 |
14 |
13 |
12 |
11 |
10 |
9 |
8 |
7 |
6 |
5 |
4 |
3 |
2 |
1 |
0 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0x0 | I2C_CR1 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x4 | I2C_CR2 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x8 | I2C_OAR1 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0xc | I2C_OAR2 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x10 | I2C_TIMINGR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x14 | I2C_TIMEOUTR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x18 | I2C_ISR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x1c | I2C_ICR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x20 | I2C_PECR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x24 | I2C_RXDR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x28 | I2C_TXDR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Control register 1
Offset: 0x0, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/20 fields covered.
Bits 8-11: Digital noise filter These bits are used to configure the digital noise filter on SDA and SCL input. The digital filter, filters spikes with a length of up to DNF[3:0] * tI2CCLK ... Note: If the analog filter is also enabled, the digital filter is added to the analog filter. This filter can only be programmed when the I2C is disabled (PE = 0)..
Control register 2
Offset: 0x4, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/11 fields covered.
Bits 0-9: Slave address (master mode) In 7-bit addressing mode (ADD10 = 0): SADD[7:1] should be written with the 7-bit slave address to be sent. The bits SADD[9], SADD[8] and SADD[0] are don't care. In 10-bit addressing mode (ADD10 = 1): SADD[9:0] should be written with the 10-bit slave address to be sent. Note: Changing these bits when the START bit is set is not allowed..
Bit 13: Start generation This bit is set by software, and cleared by hardware after the Start followed by the address sequence is sent, by an arbitration loss, by a timeout error detection, or when PE = 0. It can also be cleared by software by writing '1â to the ADDRCF bit in the I2C_ICR register. If the I2C is already in master mode with AUTOEND = 0, setting this bit generates a Repeated Start condition when RELOAD=0, after the end of the NBYTES transfer. Otherwise setting this bit generates a START condition once the bus is free. Note: Writing '0â to this bit has no effect. The START bit can be set even if the bus is BUSY or I2C is in slave mode. This bit has no effect when RELOAD is set..
Bit 15: NACK generation (slave mode) The bit is set by software, cleared by hardware when the NACK is sent, or when a STOP condition or an Address matched is received, or when PE=0. Note: Writing '0â to this bit has no effect. This bit is used in slave mode only: in master receiver mode, NACK is automatically generated after last byte preceding STOP or RESTART condition, whatever the NACK bit value. When an overrun occurs in slave receiver NOSTRETCH mode, a NACK is automatically generated whatever the NACK bit value. When hardware PEC checking is enabled (PECBYTE=1), the PEC acknowledge value does not depend on the NACK value..
Bit 26: Packet error checking byte This bit is set by software, and cleared by hardware when the PEC is transferred, or when a STOP condition or an Address matched is received, also when PE=0. Note: Writing '0â to this bit has no effect. This bit has no effect when RELOAD is set. This bit has no effect is slave mode when SBC=0. If the SMBus feature is not supported, this bit is reserved and forced by hardware to '0â. Refer to ..
Own address register 1
Offset: 0x8, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/3 fields covered.
| 31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
|
OA1EN
rw |
OA1MODE
rw |
OA1
rw |
|||||||||||||
Own address register 2
Offset: 0xc, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/3 fields covered.
| 31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
|
OA2EN
rw |
OA2MSK
rw |
OA2
rw |
|||||||||||||
Status register 1
Offset: 0x14, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/5 fields covered.
Bits 0-11: Bus Timeout A This field is used to configure: The SCL low timeout condition tTIMEOUT when TIDLE=0 tTIMEOUT= (TIMEOUTA+1) x 2048 x tI2CCLK The bus idle condition (both SCL and SDA high) when TIDLE=1 tIDLE= (TIMEOUTA+1) x 4 x tI2CCLK Note: These bits can be written only when TIMOUTEN=0..
Bits 16-27: Bus timeout B This field is used to configure the cumulative clock extension timeout: In master mode, the master cumulative clock low extend time (tLOW:MEXT) is detected In slave mode, the slave cumulative clock low extend time (tLOW:SEXT) is detected tLOW:EXT= (TIMEOUTB+1) x 2048 x tI2CCLK Note: These bits can be written only when TEXTEN=0..
PEC register
Offset: 0x20, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-only
1/1 fields covered.
| 31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
|
PEC
r |
|||||||||||||||
Receive data register
Offset: 0x24, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-only
1/1 fields covered.
| 31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
|
RXDATA
r |
|||||||||||||||
Transmit data register
Offset: 0x28, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/1 fields covered.
| 31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
|
TXDATA
rw |
|||||||||||||||
0x40003000: Independent watchdog
3/7 fields covered. Toggle Registers
| Offset | Name | 31 |
30 |
29 |
28 |
27 |
26 |
25 |
24 |
23 |
22 |
21 |
20 |
19 |
18 |
17 |
16 |
15 |
14 |
13 |
12 |
11 |
10 |
9 |
8 |
7 |
6 |
5 |
4 |
3 |
2 |
1 |
0 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0x0 | KR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x4 | PR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x8 | RLR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0xc | SR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x10 | WINR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Key register
Offset: 0x0, reset: 0x00000000, access: write-only
0/1 fields covered.
| 31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
|
KEY
w |
|||||||||||||||
Prescaler register
Offset: 0x4, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/1 fields covered.
| 31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
|
PR
rw |
|||||||||||||||
Bits 0-2: Prescaler divider These bits are write access protected see . They are written by software to select the prescaler divider feeding the counter clock. PVU bit of the must be reset in order to be able to change the prescaler divider. Note: Reading this register returns the prescaler value from the VDD voltage domain. This value may not be up to date/valid if a write operation to this register is ongoing. For this reason the value read from this register is valid only when the PVU bit in the status register (IWDG_SR) is reset..
Reload register
Offset: 0x8, reset: 0x00000FFF, access: read-write
0/1 fields covered.
| 31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
|
RL
rw |
|||||||||||||||
Status register
Offset: 0xc, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-only
3/3 fields covered.
| 31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
|
WVU
r |
RVU
r |
PVU
r |
|||||||||||||
Bit 0: Watchdog prescaler value update This bit is set by hardware to indicate that an update of the prescaler value is ongoing. It is reset by hardware when the prescaler update operation is completed in the VDD voltage domain (takes up to five LSI cycles). Prescaler value can be updated only when PVU bit is reset..
Bit 1: Watchdog counter reload value update This bit is set by hardware to indicate that an update of the reload value is ongoing. It is reset by hardware when the reload value update operation is completed in the VDD voltage domain (takes up to five LSI cycles). Reload value can be updated only when RVU bit is reset..
Bit 2: Watchdog counter window value update This bit is set by hardware to indicate that an update of the window value is ongoing. It is reset by hardware when the reload value update operation is completed in the VDD voltage domain (takes up to five LSI cycles). Window value can be updated only when WVU bit is reset..
Window register
Offset: 0x10, reset: 0x00000FFF, access: read-write
0/1 fields covered.
| 31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
|
WIN
rw |
|||||||||||||||
0x40012c00: Advanced-timers
11/181 fields covered. Toggle Registers
| Offset | Name | 31 |
30 |
29 |
28 |
27 |
26 |
25 |
24 |
23 |
22 |
21 |
20 |
19 |
18 |
17 |
16 |
15 |
14 |
13 |
12 |
11 |
10 |
9 |
8 |
7 |
6 |
5 |
4 |
3 |
2 |
1 |
0 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0x0 | CR1 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x4 | CR2 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x8 | SMCR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0xc | DIER | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x10 | SR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x14 | EGR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x18 | CCMR1_Input | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x18 | CCMR1_Output | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x1c | CCMR2_Input | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x1c | CCMR2_Output | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x20 | CCER | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x24 | CNT | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x28 | PSC | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x2c | ARR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x30 | RCR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x34 | CCR1 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x38 | CCR2 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x3c | CCR3 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x40 | CCR4 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x44 | BDTR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x48 | DCR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x4c | DMAR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x54 | CCMR3_Output | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x58 | CCR5 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x5c | CCR6 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x60 | AF1 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x64 | AF2 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x68 | TISEL | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
control register 2
Offset: 0x4, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/15 fields covered.
Bits 4-6: Master mode selection These bits allow selected information to be sent in master mode to slave timers for synchronization (TRGO). The combination is as follows: Note: The clock of the slave timer or ADC must be enabled prior to receive events from the master timer, and must not be changed on-the-fly while triggers are received from the master timer..
Bits 20-23: Master mode selection 2 These bits allow the information to be sent to ADC for synchronization (TRGO2) to be selected. The combination is as follows: Note: The clock of the slave timer or ADC must be enabled prior to receive events from the master timer, and must not be changed on-the-fly while triggers are received from the master timer..
slave mode control register
Offset: 0x8, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/10 fields covered.
Bits 0-2: Slave mode selection When external signals are selected the active edge of the trigger signal (TRGI) is linked to the polarity selected on the external input (see Input Control register and Control Register description. Note: The gated mode must not be used if TI1F_ED is selected as the trigger input (TS=00100). Indeed, TI1F_ED outputs 1 pulse for each transition on TI1F, whereas the gated mode checks the level of the trigger signal. Note: The clock of the slave peripherals (timer, ADC, ...) receiving the TRGO or the TRGO2 signals must be enabled prior to receive events from the master timer, and the clock frequency (prescaler) must not be changed on-the-fly while triggers are received from the master timer..
Bits 4-6: Trigger selection This bit-field selects the trigger input to be used to synchronize the counter. Others: Reserved See for more details on ITRx meaning for each Timer. Note: These bits must be changed only when they are not used (e.g. when SMS=000) to avoid wrong edge detections at the transition..
Bit 14: External clock enable This bit enables External clock mode 2. Note: Setting the ECE bit has the same effect as selecting external clock mode 1 with TRGI connected to ETRF (SMS=111 and TS=00111). It is possible to simultaneously use external clock mode 2 with the following slave modes: reset mode, gated mode and trigger mode. Nevertheless, TRGI must not be connected to ETRF in this case (TS bits must not be 00111). If external clock mode 1 and external clock mode 2 are enabled at the same time, the external clock input is ETRF..
Bit 16: Slave mode selection When external signals are selected the active edge of the trigger signal (TRGI) is linked to the polarity selected on the external input (see Input Control register and Control Register description. Note: The gated mode must not be used if TI1F_ED is selected as the trigger input (TS=00100). Indeed, TI1F_ED outputs 1 pulse for each transition on TI1F, whereas the gated mode checks the level of the trigger signal. Note: The clock of the slave peripherals (timer, ADC, ...) receiving the TRGO or the TRGO2 signals must be enabled prior to receive events from the master timer, and the clock frequency (prescaler) must not be changed on-the-fly while triggers are received from the master timer..
Bits 20-21: Trigger selection This bit-field selects the trigger input to be used to synchronize the counter. Others: Reserved See for more details on ITRx meaning for each Timer. Note: These bits must be changed only when they are not used (e.g. when SMS=000) to avoid wrong edge detections at the transition..
status register
Offset: 0x10, reset: 0x0000, access: read-write
0/16 fields covered.
Bit 0: Update interrupt flag This bit is set by hardware on an update event. It is cleared by software. At overflow or underflow regarding the repetition counter value (update if repetition counter = 0) and if the UDIS=0 in the TIMx_CR1 register. When CNT is reinitialized by software using the UG bit in TIMx_EGR register, if URS=0 and UDIS=0 in the TIMx_CR1 register. When CNT is reinitialized by a trigger event (refer to control register (TIM1_SMCRTIMx_SMCR)N/A), if URS=0 and UDIS=0 in the TIMx_CR1 register..
Bit 1: Capture/Compare 1 interrupt flag This flag is set by hardware. It is cleared by software (input capture or output compare mode) or by reading the TIMx_CCR1 register (input capture mode only). If channel CC1 is configured as output: this flag is set when he content of the counter TIMx_CNT matches the content of the TIMx_CCR1 register. When the content of TIMx_CCR1 is greater than the content of TIMx_ARR, the CC1IF bit goes high on the counter overflow (in up-counting and up/down-counting modes) or underflow (in down-counting mode). There are 3 possible options for flag setting in center-aligned mode, refer to the CMS bits in the TIMx_CR1 register for the full description. If channel CC1 is configured as input: this bit is set when counter value has been captured in TIMx_CCR1 register (an edge has been detected on IC1, as per the edge sensitivity defined with the CC1P and CC1NP bits setting, in TIMx_CCER)..
event generation register
Offset: 0x14, reset: 0x0000, access: write-only
0/9 fields covered.
Bit 1: Capture/Compare 1 generation This bit is set by software in order to generate an event, it is automatically cleared by hardware. If channel CC1 is configured as output: CC1IF flag is set, Corresponding interrupt or DMA request is sent if enabled. If channel CC1 is configured as input: The current value of the counter is captured in TIMx_CCR1 register. The CC1IF flag is set, the corresponding interrupt or DMA request is sent if enabled. The CC1OF flag is set if the CC1IF flag was already high..
capture/compare mode register 1 (output mode)
Offset: 0x18, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
2/12 fields covered.
Bit 3: Output Compare 1 preload enable Note: These bits can not be modified as long as LOCK level 3 has been programmed (LOCK bits in TIMx_BDTR register) and CC1S=â00â (the channel is configured in output). The PWM mode can be used without validating the preload register only in one pulse mode (OPM bit set in TIMx_CR1 register). Else the behavior is not guaranteed..
Bits 4-6: Output Compare 1 mode These bits define the behavior of the output reference signal OC1REF from which OC1 and OC1N are derived. OC1REF is active high whereas OC1 and OC1N active level depends on CC1P and CC1NP bits. Note: These bits can not be modified as long as LOCK level 3 has been programmed (LOCK bits in TIMx_BDTR register) and CC1S=â00â (the channel is configured in output). Note: In PWM mode, the OCREF level changes only when the result of the comparison changes or when the output compare mode switches from âfrozenâ mode to âPWMâ mode. Note: On channels having a complementary output, this bit field is preloaded. If the CCPC bit is set in the TIMx_CR2 register then the OC1M active bits take the new value from the preloaded bits only when a COM event is generated. Note: The OC1M[3] bit is not contiguous, located in bit 16..
Bits 12-14: Output Compare 2 mode Refer to OC1M[3:0] description..
Allowed values:
0: Frozen: The comparison between the output compare register TIMx_CCRy and the counter TIMx_CNT has no effect on the outputs / OpmMode1: Retriggerable OPM mode 1 - In up-counting mode, the channel is active until a trigger event is detected (on TRGI signal). In down-counting mode, the channel is inactive
1: ActiveOnMatch: Set channel to active level on match. OCyREF signal is forced high when the counter matches the capture/compare register / OpmMode2: Inversely to OpmMode1
2: InactiveOnMatch: Set channel to inactive level on match. OCyREF signal is forced low when the counter matches the capture/compare register / Reserved
3: Toggle: OCyREF toggles when TIMx_CNT=TIMx_CCRy / Reserved
4: ForceInactive: OCyREF is forced low / CombinedPwmMode1: OCyREF has the same behavior as in PWM mode 1. OCyREFC is the logical OR between OC1REF and OC2REF
5: ForceActive: OCyREF is forced high / CombinedPwmMode2: OCyREF has the same behavior as in PWM mode 2. OCyREFC is the logical AND between OC1REF and OC2REF
6: PwmMode1: In upcounting, channel is active as long as TIMx_CNT
7: PwmMode2: Inversely to PwmMode1 / AsymmetricPwmMode2: Inversely to AsymmetricPwmMode1
Bit 16: Output Compare 1 mode These bits define the behavior of the output reference signal OC1REF from which OC1 and OC1N are derived. OC1REF is active high whereas OC1 and OC1N active level depends on CC1P and CC1NP bits. Note: These bits can not be modified as long as LOCK level 3 has been programmed (LOCK bits in TIMx_BDTR register) and CC1S=â00â (the channel is configured in output). Note: In PWM mode, the OCREF level changes only when the result of the comparison changes or when the output compare mode switches from âfrozenâ mode to âPWMâ mode. Note: On channels having a complementary output, this bit field is preloaded. If the CCPC bit is set in the TIMx_CR2 register then the OC1M active bits take the new value from the preloaded bits only when a COM event is generated. Note: The OC1M[3] bit is not contiguous, located in bit 16..
capture/compare mode register 2 (output mode)
Offset: 0x1c, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
4/12 fields covered.
Bits 4-6: Output compare 3 mode Refer to OC1M[3:0] description..
Allowed values:
0: Frozen: The comparison between the output compare register TIMx_CCRy and the counter TIMx_CNT has no effect on the outputs / OpmMode1: Retriggerable OPM mode 1 - In up-counting mode, the channel is active until a trigger event is detected (on TRGI signal). In down-counting mode, the channel is inactive
1: ActiveOnMatch: Set channel to active level on match. OCyREF signal is forced high when the counter matches the capture/compare register / OpmMode2: Inversely to OpmMode1
2: InactiveOnMatch: Set channel to inactive level on match. OCyREF signal is forced low when the counter matches the capture/compare register / Reserved
3: Toggle: OCyREF toggles when TIMx_CNT=TIMx_CCRy / Reserved
4: ForceInactive: OCyREF is forced low / CombinedPwmMode1: OCyREF has the same behavior as in PWM mode 1. OCyREFC is the logical OR between OC1REF and OC2REF
5: ForceActive: OCyREF is forced high / CombinedPwmMode2: OCyREF has the same behavior as in PWM mode 2. OCyREFC is the logical AND between OC1REF and OC2REF
6: PwmMode1: In upcounting, channel is active as long as TIMx_CNT
7: PwmMode2: Inversely to PwmMode1 / AsymmetricPwmMode2: Inversely to AsymmetricPwmMode1
Bits 12-14: Output compare 4 mode Refer to OC3M[3:0] description..
Allowed values:
0: Frozen: The comparison between the output compare register TIMx_CCRy and the counter TIMx_CNT has no effect on the outputs / OpmMode1: Retriggerable OPM mode 1 - In up-counting mode, the channel is active until a trigger event is detected (on TRGI signal). In down-counting mode, the channel is inactive
1: ActiveOnMatch: Set channel to active level on match. OCyREF signal is forced high when the counter matches the capture/compare register / OpmMode2: Inversely to OpmMode1
2: InactiveOnMatch: Set channel to inactive level on match. OCyREF signal is forced low when the counter matches the capture/compare register / Reserved
3: Toggle: OCyREF toggles when TIMx_CNT=TIMx_CCRy / Reserved
4: ForceInactive: OCyREF is forced low / CombinedPwmMode1: OCyREF has the same behavior as in PWM mode 1. OCyREFC is the logical OR between OC1REF and OC2REF
5: ForceActive: OCyREF is forced high / CombinedPwmMode2: OCyREF has the same behavior as in PWM mode 2. OCyREFC is the logical AND between OC1REF and OC2REF
6: PwmMode1: In upcounting, channel is active as long as TIMx_CNT
7: PwmMode2: Inversely to PwmMode1 / AsymmetricPwmMode2: Inversely to AsymmetricPwmMode1
capture/compare enable register
Offset: 0x20, reset: 0x0000, access: read-write
0/19 fields covered.
Bit 0: Capture/Compare 1 output enable When CC1 channel is configured as output, the OC1 level depends on MOE, OSSI, OSSR, OIS1, OIS1N and CC1NE bits, regardless of the CC1E bits state. Refer to for details. Note: On channels having a complementary output, this bit is preloaded. If the CCPC bit is set in the TIMx_CR2 register then the CC1E active bit takes the new value from the preloaded bit only when a Commutation event is generated..
Bit 1: Capture/Compare 1 output polarity When CC1 channel is configured as input, both CC1NP/CC1P bits select the active polarity of TI1FP1 and TI2FP1 for trigger or capture operations. CC1NP=0, CC1P=0: non-inverted/rising edge. The circuit is sensitive to TIxFP1 rising edge (capture or trigger operations in reset, external clock or trigger mode), TIxFP1 is not inverted (trigger operation in gated mode or encoder mode). CC1NP=0, CC1P=1: inverted/falling edge. The circuit is sensitive to TIxFP1 falling edge (capture or trigger operations in reset, external clock or trigger mode), TIxFP1 is inverted (trigger operation in gated mode or encoder mode). CC1NP=1, CC1P=1: non-inverted/both edges/ The circuit is sensitive to both TIxFP1 rising and falling edges (capture or trigger operations in reset, external clock or trigger mode), TIxFP1is not inverted (trigger operation in gated mode). This configuration must not be used in encoder mode. CC1NP=1, CC1P=0: The configuration is reserved, it must not be used. Note: This bit is not writable as soon as LOCK level 2 or 3 has been programmed (LOCK bits in TIMx_BDTR register). On channels having a complementary output, this bit is preloaded. If the CCPC bit is set in the TIMx_CR2 register then the CC1P active bit takes the new value from the preloaded bit only when a Commutation event is generated..
Bit 3: Capture/Compare 1 complementary output polarity CC1 channel configured as output: CC1 channel configured as input: This bit is used in conjunction with CC1P to define the polarity of TI1FP1 and TI2FP1. Refer to CC1P description. Note: This bit is not writable as soon as LOCK level 2 or 3 has been programmed (LOCK bits in TIMx_BDTR register) and CC1S=â00â (channel configured as output). On channels having a complementary output, this bit is preloaded. If the CCPC bit is set in the TIMx_CR2 register then the CC1NP active bit takes the new value from the preloaded bit only when a Commutation event is generated..
counter
Offset: 0x24, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
1/2 fields covered.
| 31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
UIFCPY
r |
|||||||||||||||
| 15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
|
CNT
rw |
|||||||||||||||
prescaler
Offset: 0x28, reset: 0x0000, access: read-write
0/1 fields covered.
| 31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
|
PSC
rw |
|||||||||||||||
Bits 0-15: Prescaler value The counter clock frequency (CK_CNT) is equal to fCK_PSC / (PSC[15:0] + 1). PSC contains the value to be loaded in the active prescaler register at each update event (including when the counter is cleared through UG bit of TIMx_EGR register or through trigger controller when configured in âreset modeâ)..
auto-reload register
Offset: 0x2c, reset: 0x0000FFFF, access: read-write
0/1 fields covered.
| 31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
|
ARR
rw |
|||||||||||||||
repetition counter register
Offset: 0x30, reset: 0x0000, access: read-write
0/1 fields covered.
| 31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
|
REP
rw |
|||||||||||||||
capture/compare register 1
Offset: 0x34, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/1 fields covered.
| 31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
|
CCR1
rw |
|||||||||||||||
capture/compare register 2
Offset: 0x38, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/1 fields covered.
| 31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
|
CCR2
rw |
|||||||||||||||
capture/compare register 3
Offset: 0x3c, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/1 fields covered.
| 31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
|
CCR3
rw |
|||||||||||||||
capture/compare register 4
Offset: 0x40, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/1 fields covered.
| 31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
|
CCR4
rw |
|||||||||||||||
break and dead-time register
Offset: 0x44, reset: 0x0000, access: read-write
0/16 fields covered.
Bits 0-7: Dead-time generator setup This bit-field defines the duration of the dead-time inserted between the complementary outputs. DT correspond to this duration. DTG[7:5]=0xx => DT=DTG[7:0]x tDTG with tDTG=tDTS. DTG[7:5]=10x => DT=(64+DTG[5:0])xtDTG with tDTG=2xtDTS. DTG[7:5]=110 => DT=(32+DTG[4:0])xtDTG with tDTG=8xtDTS. DTG[7:5]=111 => DT=(32+DTG[4:0])xtDTG with tDTG=16xtDTS. Example if tDTS=125 ns (8 MHz), dead-time possible values are: 0 to 15875 ns by 125 ns steps, 16 μs to 31750 ns by 250 ns steps, 32 μs to 63 μs by 1 μs steps, 64 μs to 126 μs by 2 μs steps Note: This bit-field can not be modified as long as LOCK level 1, 2 or 3 has been programmed (LOCK bits in TIMx_BDTR register)..
Bit 10: Off-state selection for Idle mode This bit is used when MOE=0 due to a break event or by a software write, on channels configured as outputs. See OC/OCN enable description for more details (enable register (TIM1_CCERTIMx_CCER)N/A). Note: This bit can not be modified as soon as the LOCK level 2 has been programmed (LOCK bits in TIMx_BDTR register)..
Bit 11: Off-state selection for Run mode This bit is used when MOE=1 on channels having a complementary output which are configured as outputs. OSSR is not implemented if no complementary output is implemented in the timer. See OC/OCN enable description for more details (enable register (TIM1_CCERTIMx_CCER)N/A). Note: This bit can not be modified as soon as the LOCK level 2 has been programmed (LOCK bits in TIMx_BDTR register)..
Bit 12: Break enable This bit enables the complete break protection (including all sources connected to bk_acth and BKIN sources, as per ). Note: This bit cannot be modified when LOCK level 1 has been programmed (LOCK bits in TIMx_BDTR register). Note: Any write operation to this bit takes a delay of 1 APB clock cycle to become effective..
Bit 15: Main output enable This bit is cleared asynchronously by hardware as soon as one of the break inputs is active (BRK or BRK2). It is set by software or automatically depending on the AOE bit. It is acting only on the channels which are configured in output. In response to a break event or if MOE is written to 0: OC and OCN outputs are disabled or forced to idle state depending on the OSSI bit. See OC/OCN enable description for more details (enable register (TIM1_CCERTIMx_CCER)N/A)..
Bits 16-19: Break filter This bit-field defines the frequency used to sample BRK input and the length of the digital filter applied to BRK. The digital filter is made of an event counter in which N consecutive events are needed to validate a transition on the output: Note: This bit cannot be modified when LOCK level 1 has been programmed (LOCK bits in TIMx_BDTR register)..
Bits 20-23: Break 2 filter This bit-field defines the frequency used to sample BRK2 input and the length of the digital filter applied to BRK2. The digital filter is made of an event counter in which N consecutive events are needed to validate a transition on the output: Note: This bit cannot be modified when LOCK level 1 has been programmed (LOCK bits in TIMx_BDTR register)..
Bit 26: Break Disarm This bit is cleared by hardware when no break source is active. The BKDSRM bit must be set by software to release the bidirectional output control (open-drain output in Hi-Z state) and then be polled it until it is reset by hardware, indicating that the fault condition has disappeared. Note: Any write operation to this bit takes a delay of 1 APB clock cycle to become effective..
Bit 28: Break Bidirectional In the bidirectional mode (BKBID bit set to 1), the break input is configured both in input mode and in open drain output mode. Any active break event asserts a low logic level on the Break input to indicate an internal break event to external devices. Note: This bit cannot be modified as long as LOCK level 1 has been programmed (LOCK bits in TIMx_BDTR register). Note: Any write operation to this bit takes a delay of 1 APB clock cycle to become effective..
DMA control register
Offset: 0x48, reset: 0x0000, access: read-write
0/2 fields covered.
| 31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
|
DBL
rw |
DBA
rw |
||||||||||||||
Bits 8-12: DMA burst length This 5-bit vector defines the length of DMA transfers (the timer recognizes a burst transfer when a read or a write access is done to the TIMx_DMAR address), i.e. the number of transfers. Transfers can be in half-words or in bytes (see example below). ... Example: Let us consider the following transfer: DBL = 7 bytes & DBA = TIMx_CR1. If DBL = 7 bytes and DBA = TIMx_CR1 represents the address of the byte to be transferred, the address of the transfer should be given by the following equation: (TIMx_CR1 address) + DBA + (DMA index), where DMA index = DBL In this example, 7 bytes are added to (TIMx_CR1 address) + DBA, which gives us the address from/to which the data is copied. In this case, the transfer is done to 7 registers starting from the following address: (TIMx_CR1 address) + DBA According to the configuration of the DMA Data Size, several cases may occur: If the DMA Data Size is configured in half-words, 16-bit data is transferred to each of the 7 registers. If the DMA Data Size is configured in bytes, the data is also transferred to 7 registers: the first register contains the first MSB byte, the second register, the first LSB byte and so on. So with the transfer Timer, one also has to specify the size of data transferred by DMA..
DMA address for full transfer
Offset: 0x4c, reset: 0x0000, access: read-write
0/1 fields covered.
| 31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
DMAB
rw |
|||||||||||||||
| 15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
|
DMAB
rw |
|||||||||||||||
Bits 0-31: DMA register for burst accesses A read or write operation to the DMAR register accesses the register located at the address (TIMx_CR1 address) + (DBA + DMA index) x 4 where TIMx_CR1 address is the address of the control register 1, DBA is the DMA base address configured in TIMx_DCR register, DMA index is automatically controlled by the DMA transfer, and ranges from 0 to DBL (DBL configured in TIMx_DCR)..
capture/compare mode register 2 (output mode)
Offset: 0x54, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
4/10 fields covered.
Bits 4-6: Output compare 5 mode.
Allowed values:
0: Frozen: The comparison between the output compare register TIMx_CCRy and the counter TIMx_CNT has no effect on the outputs / OpmMode1: Retriggerable OPM mode 1 - In up-counting mode, the channel is active until a trigger event is detected (on TRGI signal). In down-counting mode, the channel is inactive
1: ActiveOnMatch: Set channel to active level on match. OCyREF signal is forced high when the counter matches the capture/compare register / OpmMode2: Inversely to OpmMode1
2: InactiveOnMatch: Set channel to inactive level on match. OCyREF signal is forced low when the counter matches the capture/compare register / Reserved
3: Toggle: OCyREF toggles when TIMx_CNT=TIMx_CCRy / Reserved
4: ForceInactive: OCyREF is forced low / CombinedPwmMode1: OCyREF has the same behavior as in PWM mode 1. OCyREFC is the logical OR between OC1REF and OC2REF
5: ForceActive: OCyREF is forced high / CombinedPwmMode2: OCyREF has the same behavior as in PWM mode 2. OCyREFC is the logical AND between OC1REF and OC2REF
6: PwmMode1: In upcounting, channel is active as long as TIMx_CNT
7: PwmMode2: Inversely to PwmMode1 / AsymmetricPwmMode2: Inversely to AsymmetricPwmMode1
Bits 12-14: Output compare 6 mode.
Allowed values:
0: Frozen: The comparison between the output compare register TIMx_CCRy and the counter TIMx_CNT has no effect on the outputs / OpmMode1: Retriggerable OPM mode 1 - In up-counting mode, the channel is active until a trigger event is detected (on TRGI signal). In down-counting mode, the channel is inactive
1: ActiveOnMatch: Set channel to active level on match. OCyREF signal is forced high when the counter matches the capture/compare register / OpmMode2: Inversely to OpmMode1
2: InactiveOnMatch: Set channel to inactive level on match. OCyREF signal is forced low when the counter matches the capture/compare register / Reserved
3: Toggle: OCyREF toggles when TIMx_CNT=TIMx_CCRy / Reserved
4: ForceInactive: OCyREF is forced low / CombinedPwmMode1: OCyREF has the same behavior as in PWM mode 1. OCyREFC is the logical OR between OC1REF and OC2REF
5: ForceActive: OCyREF is forced high / CombinedPwmMode2: OCyREF has the same behavior as in PWM mode 2. OCyREFC is the logical AND between OC1REF and OC2REF
6: PwmMode1: In upcounting, channel is active as long as TIMx_CNT
7: PwmMode2: Inversely to PwmMode1 / AsymmetricPwmMode2: Inversely to AsymmetricPwmMode1
capture/compare register 4
Offset: 0x58, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/4 fields covered.
| 31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
GC5C3
rw |
GC5C2
rw |
GC5C1
rw |
|||||||||||||
| 15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
|
CCR5
rw |
|||||||||||||||
Bits 0-15: Capture/Compare 5 value CCR5 is the value to be loaded in the actual capture/compare 5 register (preload value). It is loaded permanently if the preload feature is not selected in the TIMx_CCMR3 register (bit OC5PE). Else the preload value is copied in the active capture/compare 5 register when an update event occurs. The active capture/compare register contains the value to be compared to the counter TIMx_CNT and signaled on OC5 output..
Bit 29: Group Channel 5 and Channel 1 Distortion on Channel 1 output: This bit can either have immediate effect or be preloaded and taken into account after an update event (if preload feature is selected in TIMxCCMR1). Note: it is also possible to apply this distortion on combined PWM signals..
Bit 30: Group Channel 5 and Channel 2 Distortion on Channel 2 output: This bit can either have immediate effect or be preloaded and taken into account after an update event (if preload feature is selected in TIMxCCMR1). Note: it is also possible to apply this distortion on combined PWM signals..
Bit 31: Group Channel 5 and Channel 3 Distortion on Channel 3 output: This bit can either have immediate effect or be preloaded and taken into account after an update event (if preload feature is selected in TIMxCCMR2). Note: it is also possible to apply this distortion on combined PWM signals..
capture/compare register 6
Offset: 0x5c, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/1 fields covered.
| 31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
|
CCR6
rw |
|||||||||||||||
TIM1 alternate function option register 1
Offset: 0x60, reset: 0x00000001, access: read-write
0/3 fields covered.
| 31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
ETRSEL
rw |
|||||||||||||||
| 15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
|
ETRSEL
rw |
BKINP
rw |
BKINE
rw |
|||||||||||||
TIM1 alternate function option register 2
Offset: 0x64, reset: 0x00000001, access: read-write
0/2 fields covered.
| 31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
|
BK2INP
rw |
BK2INE
rw |
||||||||||||||
TIM1 timer input selection register
Offset: 0x68, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/4 fields covered.
| 31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
TI4SEL
rw |
TI3SEL
rw |
||||||||||||||
| 15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
|
TI2SEL
rw |
TI1SEL
rw |
||||||||||||||
0x40002000: General purpose timers
1/31 fields covered. Toggle Registers
| Offset | Name | 31 |
30 |
29 |
28 |
27 |
26 |
25 |
24 |
23 |
22 |
21 |
20 |
19 |
18 |
17 |
16 |
15 |
14 |
13 |
12 |
11 |
10 |
9 |
8 |
7 |
6 |
5 |
4 |
3 |
2 |
1 |
0 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0x0 | CR1 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0xc | DIER | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x10 | SR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x14 | EGR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x18 | CCMR1_Input | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x18 | CCMR1_Output | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x20 | CCER | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x24 | CNT | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x28 | PSC | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x2c | ARR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x34 | CCR1 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x68 | TISEL | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
DMA/Interrupt enable register
Offset: 0xc, reset: 0x0000, access: read-write
0/2 fields covered.
| 31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
|
CC1IE
rw |
UIE
rw |
||||||||||||||
status register
Offset: 0x10, reset: 0x0000, access: read-write
0/3 fields covered.
| 31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
|
CC1OF
rw |
CC1IF
rw |
UIF
rw |
|||||||||||||
Bit 0: Update interrupt flag This bit is set by hardware on an update event. It is cleared by software. At overflow and if UDIS=â0â in the TIMx_CR1 register. When CNT is reinitialized by software using the UG bit in TIMx_EGR register, if URS=â0â and UDIS=â0â in the TIMx_CR1 register..
Bit 1: Capture/compare 1 interrupt flag This flag is set by hardware. It is cleared by software (input capture or output compare mode) or by reading the TIMx_CCR1 register (input capture mode only). If channel CC1 is configured as output: this flag is set when he content of the counter TIMx_CNT matches the content of the TIMx_CCR1 register. When the content of TIMx_CCR1 is greater than the content of TIMx_ARR, the CC1IF bit goes high on the counter overflow (in up-counting and up/down-counting modes) or underflow (in down-counting mode). There are 3 possible options for flag setting in center-aligned mode, refer to the CMS bits in the TIMx_CR1 register for the full description. If channel CC1 is configured as input: this bit is set when counter value has been captured in TIMx_CCR1 register (an edge has been detected on IC1, as per the edge sensitivity defined with the CC1P and CC1NP bits setting, in TIMx_CCER)..
event generation register
Offset: 0x14, reset: 0x0000, access: write-only
0/2 fields covered.
| 31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
|
CC1G
w |
UG
w |
||||||||||||||
Bit 1: Capture/compare 1 generation This bit is set by software in order to generate an event, it is automatically cleared by hardware. If channel CC1 is configured as output: CC1IF flag is set, Corresponding interrupt or is sent if enabled. If channel CC1 is configured as input: The current value of the counter is captured in TIMx_CCR1 register. The CC1IF flag is set, the corresponding interrupt is sent if enabled. The CC1OF flag is set if the CC1IF flag was already high..
capture/compare mode register 1 (input mode)
Offset: 0x18, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/3 fields covered.
| 31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
|
IC1F
rw |
IC1PSC
rw |
CC1S
rw |
|||||||||||||
capture/compare mode register 1 (output mode)
Offset: 0x18, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
1/5 fields covered.
Bits 4-6: Output compare 1 mode (refer to bit 16 for OC1M[3]) These bits define the behavior of the output reference signal OC1REF from which OC1 is derived. OC1REF is active high whereas OC1 active level depends on CC1P bit. Others: Reserved Note: In PWM mode 1 or 2, the OCREF level changes when the result of the comparison changes or when the output compare mode switches from frozen to PWM mode. Note: The OC1M[3] bit is not contiguous, located in bit 16..
Allowed values:
0: Frozen: The comparison between the output compare register TIMx_CCRy and the counter TIMx_CNT has no effect on the outputs
1: ActiveOnMatch: Set channel to active level on match. OCyREF signal is forced high when the counter matches the capture/compare register
2: InactiveOnMatch: Set channel to inactive level on match. OCyREF signal is forced low when the counter matches the capture/compare register
3: Toggle: OCyREF toggles when TIMx_CNT=TIMx_CCRy
4: ForceInactive: OCyREF is forced low
5: ForceActive: OCyREF is forced high
6: PwmMode1: In upcounting, channel is active as long as TIMx_CNT
7: PwmMode2: Inversely to PwmMode1
Bit 16: Output compare 1 mode (refer to bit 16 for OC1M[3]) These bits define the behavior of the output reference signal OC1REF from which OC1 is derived. OC1REF is active high whereas OC1 active level depends on CC1P bit. Others: Reserved Note: In PWM mode 1 or 2, the OCREF level changes when the result of the comparison changes or when the output compare mode switches from frozen to PWM mode. Note: The OC1M[3] bit is not contiguous, located in bit 16..
capture/compare enable register
Offset: 0x20, reset: 0x0000, access: read-write
0/3 fields covered.
| 31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
|
CC1NP
rw |
CC1P
rw |
CC1E
rw |
|||||||||||||
Bit 1: Capture/Compare 1 output Polarity. When CC1 channel is configured as input, both CC1NP/CC1P bits select the active polarity of TI1FP1 and TI2FP1 for trigger or capture operations. CC1NP=0, CC1P=0: non-inverted/rising edge. The circuit is sensitive to TIxFP1 rising edge (capture or trigger operations in reset, external clock or trigger mode), TIxFP1 is not inverted (trigger operation in gated mode or encoder mode). CC1NP=0, CC1P=1: inverted/falling edge. The circuit is sensitive to TIxFP1 falling edge (capture or trigger operations in reset, external clock or trigger mode), TIxFP1 is inverted (trigger operation in gated mode or encoder mode). CC1NP=1, CC1P=1: non-inverted/both edges/ The circuit is sensitive to both TIxFP1 rising and falling edges (capture or trigger operations in reset, external clock or trigger mode), TIxFP1is not inverted (trigger operation in gated mode). This configuration must not be used in encoder mode. CC1NP=1, CC1P=0: This configuration is reserved, it must not be used..
counter
Offset: 0x24, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/2 fields covered.
| 31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
UIFCPY
rw |
|||||||||||||||
| 15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
|
CNT
rw |
|||||||||||||||
prescaler
Offset: 0x28, reset: 0x0000, access: read-write
0/1 fields covered.
| 31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
|
PSC
rw |
|||||||||||||||
auto-reload register
Offset: 0x2c, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/1 fields covered.
| 31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
|
ARR
rw |
|||||||||||||||
capture/compare register 1
Offset: 0x34, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/1 fields covered.
| 31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
|
CCR1
rw |
|||||||||||||||
TIM timer input selection register
Offset: 0x68, reset: 0x0000, access: read-write
0/1 fields covered.
| 31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
|
TI1SEL
rw |
|||||||||||||||
0x40014000: General purpose timers
3/93 fields covered. Toggle Registers
| Offset | Name | 31 |
30 |
29 |
28 |
27 |
26 |
25 |
24 |
23 |
22 |
21 |
20 |
19 |
18 |
17 |
16 |
15 |
14 |
13 |
12 |
11 |
10 |
9 |
8 |
7 |
6 |
5 |
4 |
3 |
2 |
1 |
0 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0x0 | CR1 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x4 | CR2 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x8 | SMCR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0xc | DIER | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x10 | SR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x14 | EGR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x18 | CCMR1_Input | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x18 | CCMR1_Output | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x20 | CCER | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x24 | CNT | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x28 | PSC | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x2c | ARR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x30 | RCR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x34 | CCR1 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x38 | CCR2 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x44 | BDTR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x48 | DCR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x4c | DMAR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x60 | AF1 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x68 | TISEL | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
slave mode control register
Offset: 0x8, reset: 0x0000, access: read-write
0/5 fields covered.
Bits 0-2: Slave mode selection When external signals are selected the active edge of the trigger signal (TRGI) is linked to the polarity selected on the external input (see Input Control register and Control Register description. Other codes: reserved. Note: The gated mode must not be used if TI1F_ED is selected as the trigger input (TS=â00100â). Indeed, TI1F_ED outputs 1 pulse for each transition on TI1F, whereas the gated mode checks the level of the trigger signal. Note: The clock of the slave peripherals (timer, ADC, ...) receiving the TRGO or the TRGO2 signals must be enabled prior to receive events from the master timer, and the clock frequency (prescaler) must not be changed on-the-fly while triggers are received from the master timer..
Bits 4-6: Trigger selection This bit field selects the trigger input to be used to synchronize the counter. Other: Reserved See for more details on ITRx meaning for each Timer. Note: These bits must be changed only when they are not used (e.g. when SMS=000) to avoid wrong edge detections at the transition..
Bit 16: Slave mode selection When external signals are selected the active edge of the trigger signal (TRGI) is linked to the polarity selected on the external input (see Input Control register and Control Register description. Other codes: reserved. Note: The gated mode must not be used if TI1F_ED is selected as the trigger input (TS=â00100â). Indeed, TI1F_ED outputs 1 pulse for each transition on TI1F, whereas the gated mode checks the level of the trigger signal. Note: The clock of the slave peripherals (timer, ADC, ...) receiving the TRGO or the TRGO2 signals must be enabled prior to receive events from the master timer, and the clock frequency (prescaler) must not be changed on-the-fly while triggers are received from the master timer..
Bits 20-21: Trigger selection This bit field selects the trigger input to be used to synchronize the counter. Other: Reserved See for more details on ITRx meaning for each Timer. Note: These bits must be changed only when they are not used (e.g. when SMS=000) to avoid wrong edge detections at the transition..
status register
Offset: 0x10, reset: 0x0000, access: read-write
0/8 fields covered.
Bit 0: Update interrupt flag This bit is set by hardware on an update event. It is cleared by software. At overflow regarding the repetition counter value (update if repetition counter = 0) and if the UDIS=0 in the TIMx_CR1 register. When CNT is reinitialized by software using the UG bit in TIMx_EGR register, if URS=0 and UDIS=0 in the TIMx_CR1 register. When CNT is reinitialized by a trigger event (refer to control register (TIM15_SMCR)), if URS=0 and UDIS=0 in the TIMx_CR1 register..
Bit 1: Capture/Compare 1 interrupt flag This flag is set by hardware. It is cleared by software (input capture or output compare mode) or by reading the TIMx_CCR1 register (input capture mode only). If channel CC1 is configured as output: this flag is set when the content of the counter TIMx_CNT matches the content of the TIMx_CCR1 register. When the content of TIMx_CCR1 is greater than the content of TIMx_ARR, the CC1IF bit goes high on the counter overflow (in up-counting and up/down-counting modes) or underflow (in down-counting mode). There are 3 possible options for flag setting in center-aligned mode, refer to the CMS bits in the TIMx_CR1 register for the full description. If channel CC1 is configured as input: this bit is set when counter value has been captured in TIMx_CCR1 register (an edge has been detected on IC1, as per the edge sensitivity defined with the CC1P and CC1NP bits setting, in TIMx_CCER)..
Bit 6: Trigger interrupt flag This flag is set by hardware on the TRG trigger event (active edge detected on TRGI input when the slave mode controller is enabled in all modes but gated mode, both edges in case gated mode is selected). It is set when the counter starts or stops when gated mode is selected. It is cleared by software..
event generation register
Offset: 0x14, reset: 0x0000, access: write-only
0/6 fields covered.
Bit 1: Capture/Compare 1 generation This bit is set by software in order to generate an event, it is automatically cleared by hardware. If channel CC1 is configured as output: CC1IF flag is set, Corresponding interrupt or DMA request is sent if enabled. If channel CC1 is configured as input: The current value of the counter is captured in TIMx_CCR1 register. The CC1IF flag is set, the corresponding interrupt or DMA request is sent if enabled. The CC1OF flag is set if the CC1IF flag was already high..
capture/compare mode register (output mode)
Offset: 0x18, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
2/10 fields covered.
Bit 3: Output Compare 1 preload enable Note: These bits can not be modified as long as LOCK level 3 has been programmed (LOCK bits in TIMx_BDTR register) and CC1S=â00â (the channel is configured in output). The PWM mode can be used without validating the preload register only in one pulse mode (OPM bit set in TIMx_CR1 register). Else the behavior is not guaranteed..
Bits 4-6: Output Compare 1 mode These bits define the behavior of the output reference signal OC1REF from which OC1 and OC1N are derived. OC1REF is active high whereas OC1 and OC1N active level depends on CC1P and CC1NP bits. Note: These bits can not be modified as long as LOCK level 3 has been programmed (LOCK bits in TIMx_BDTR register) and CC1S=â00â (the channel is configured in output). In PWM mode, the OCREF level changes only when the result of the comparison changes or when the output compare mode switches from âfrozenâ mode to âPWMâ mode. On channels that have a complementary output, this bit field is preloaded. If the CCPC bit is set in the TIMx_CR2 register then the OC1M active bits take the new value from the preloaded bits only when a COM event is generated. The OC1M[3] bit is not contiguous, located in bit 16..
Bits 12-14: Output Compare 2 mode.
Allowed values:
0: Frozen: The comparison between the output compare register TIMx_CCRy and the counter TIMx_CNT has no effect on the outputs / OpmMode1: Retriggerable OPM mode 1 - In up-counting mode, the channel is active until a trigger event is detected (on TRGI signal). In down-counting mode, the channel is inactive
1: ActiveOnMatch: Set channel to active level on match. OCyREF signal is forced high when the counter matches the capture/compare register / OpmMode2: Inversely to OpmMode1
2: InactiveOnMatch: Set channel to inactive level on match. OCyREF signal is forced low when the counter matches the capture/compare register / Reserved
3: Toggle: OCyREF toggles when TIMx_CNT=TIMx_CCRy / Reserved
4: ForceInactive: OCyREF is forced low / CombinedPwmMode1: OCyREF has the same behavior as in PWM mode 1. OCyREFC is the logical OR between OC1REF and OC2REF
5: ForceActive: OCyREF is forced high / CombinedPwmMode2: OCyREF has the same behavior as in PWM mode 2. OCyREFC is the logical AND between OC1REF and OC2REF
6: PwmMode1: In upcounting, channel is active as long as TIMx_CNT
7: PwmMode2: Inversely to PwmMode1 / Reserved
Bit 16: Output Compare 1 mode These bits define the behavior of the output reference signal OC1REF from which OC1 and OC1N are derived. OC1REF is active high whereas OC1 and OC1N active level depends on CC1P and CC1NP bits. Note: These bits can not be modified as long as LOCK level 3 has been programmed (LOCK bits in TIMx_BDTR register) and CC1S=â00â (the channel is configured in output). In PWM mode, the OCREF level changes only when the result of the comparison changes or when the output compare mode switches from âfrozenâ mode to âPWMâ mode. On channels that have a complementary output, this bit field is preloaded. If the CCPC bit is set in the TIMx_CR2 register then the OC1M active bits take the new value from the preloaded bits only when a COM event is generated. The OC1M[3] bit is not contiguous, located in bit 16..
capture/compare enable register
Offset: 0x20, reset: 0x0000, access: read-write
0/7 fields covered.
Bit 1: Capture/Compare 1 output polarity When CC1 channel is configured as input, both CC1NP/CC1P bits select the active polarity of TI1FP1 and TI2FP1 for trigger or capture operations. CC1NP=0, CC1P=0: non-inverted/rising edge. The circuit is sensitive to TIxFP1 rising edge (capture or trigger operations in reset, external clock or trigger mode), TIxFP1 is not inverted (trigger operation in gated mode or encoder mode). CC1NP=0, CC1P=1: inverted/falling edge. The circuit is sensitive to TIxFP1 falling edge (capture or trigger operations in reset, external clock or trigger mode), TIxFP1 is inverted (trigger operation in gated mode or encoder mode). CC1NP=1, CC1P=1: non-inverted/both edges/ The circuit is sensitive to both TIxFP1 rising and falling edges (capture or trigger operations in reset, external clock or trigger mode), TIxFP1is not inverted (trigger operation in gated mode). This configuration must not be used in encoder mode. CC1NP=1, CC1P=0: this configuration is reserved, it must not be used. Note: This bit is not writable as soon as LOCK level 2 or 3 has been programmed (LOCK bits in TIMx_BDTR register). On channels that have a complementary output, this bit is preloaded. If the CCPC bit is set in the TIMx_CR2 register then the CC1P active bit takes the new value from the preloaded bit only when a Commutation event is generated..
Bit 3: Capture/Compare 1 complementary output polarity CC1 channel configured as output: CC1 channel configured as input: This bit is used in conjunction with CC1P to define the polarity of TI1FP1 and TI2FP1. Refer to CC1P description. Note: This bit is not writable as soon as LOCK level 2 or 3 has been programmed (LOCK bits in TIMx_BDTR register) and CC1S=â00â (the channel is configured in output). On channels that have a complementary output, this bit is preloaded. If the CCPC bit is set in the TIMx_CR2 register then the CC1NP active bit takes the new value from the preloaded bit only when a Commutation event is generated..
counter
Offset: 0x24, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
1/2 fields covered.
| 31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
UIFCPY
r |
|||||||||||||||
| 15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
|
CNT
rw |
|||||||||||||||
prescaler
Offset: 0x28, reset: 0x0000, access: read-write
0/1 fields covered.
| 31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
|
PSC
rw |
|||||||||||||||
auto-reload register
Offset: 0x2c, reset: 0x0000FFFF, access: read-write
0/1 fields covered.
| 31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
|
ARR
rw |
|||||||||||||||
repetition counter register
Offset: 0x30, reset: 0x0000, access: read-write
0/1 fields covered.
| 31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
|
REP
rw |
|||||||||||||||
capture/compare register 1
Offset: 0x34, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/1 fields covered.
| 31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
|
CCR1
rw |
|||||||||||||||
capture/compare register 2
Offset: 0x38, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/1 fields covered.
| 31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
|
CCR2
rw |
|||||||||||||||
break and dead-time register
Offset: 0x44, reset: 0x0000, access: read-write
0/11 fields covered.
Bits 0-7: Dead-time generator setup This bit-field defines the duration of the dead-time inserted between the complementary outputs. DT correspond to this duration. DTG[7:5]=0xx => DT=DTG[7:0]x tdtg with tdtg=tDTS DTG[7:5]=10x => DT=(64+DTG[5:0])xtdtg with Tdtg=2xtDTS DTG[7:5]=110 => DT=(32+DTG[4:0])xtdtg with Tdtg=8xtDTS DTG[7:5]=111 => DT=(32+DTG[4:0])xtdtg with Tdtg=16xtDTS Example if TDTS=125ns (8MHz), dead-time possible values are: 0 to 15875 ns by 125 ns steps, 16 µs to 31750 ns by 250 ns steps, 32 µs to 63 µs by 1 µs steps, 64 µs to 126 µs by 2 µs steps Note: This bit-field can not be modified as long as LOCK level 1, 2 or 3 has been programmed (LOCK bits in TIMx_BDTR register)..
Bit 10: Off-state selection for Idle mode This bit is used when MOE=0 on channels configured as outputs. See OC/OCN enable description for more details (enable register (TIM15_CCER) on page 818). Note: This bit can not be modified as soon as the LOCK level 2 has been programmed (LOCK bits in TIMx_BDTR register)..
Bit 11: Off-state selection for Run mode This bit is used when MOE=1 on channels that have a complementary output which are configured as outputs. OSSR is not implemented if no complementary output is implemented in the timer. See OC/OCN enable description for more details (enable register (TIM15_CCER) on page 818). Note: This bit can not be modified as soon as the LOCK level 2 has been programmed (LOCK bits in TIMx_BDTR register)..
Bit 15: Main output enable This bit is cleared asynchronously by hardware as soon as the break input is active. It is set by software or automatically depending on the AOE bit. It is acting only on the channels which are configured in output. See OC/OCN enable description for more details (enable register (TIM15_CCER) on page 818)..
Bits 16-19: Break filter This bit-field defines the frequency used to sample the BRK input signal and the length of the digital filter applied to BRK. The digital filter is made of an event counter in which N events are needed to validate a transition on the output: Note: This bit cannot be modified when LOCK level 1 has been programmed (LOCK bits in TIMx_BDTR register)..
Bit 26: Break Disarm This bit is cleared by hardware when no break source is active. The BKDSRM bit must be set by software to release the bidirectional output control (open-drain output in Hi-Z state) and then be polled it until it is reset by hardware, indicating that the fault condition has disappeared. Note: Any write operation to this bit takes a delay of 1 APB clock cycle to become effective..
Bit 28: Break Bidirectional In the bidirectional mode (BKBID bit set to 1), the break input is configured both in input mode and in open drain output mode. Any active break event asserts a low logic level on the Break input to indicate an internal break event to external devices. Note: This bit cannot be modified as long as LOCK level 1 has been programmed (LOCK bits in TIMx_BDTR register). Note: Any write operation to this bit takes a delay of 1 APB clock cycle to become effective..
DMA control register
Offset: 0x48, reset: 0x0000, access: read-write
0/2 fields covered.
| 31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
|
DBL
rw |
DBA
rw |
||||||||||||||
DMA address for full transfer
Offset: 0x4c, reset: 0x0000, access: read-write
0/1 fields covered.
| 31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
|
DMAB
rw |
|||||||||||||||
TIM15 alternate register 1
Offset: 0x60, reset: 0x00000001, access: read-write
0/2 fields covered.
| 31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
|
BKINP
rw |
BKINE
rw |
||||||||||||||
input selection register
Offset: 0x68, reset: 0x0000, access: read-write
0/2 fields covered.
| 31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
|
TI2SEL
rw |
TI1SEL
rw |
||||||||||||||
0x40014400: General purpose timers
2/62 fields covered. Toggle Registers
| Offset | Name | 31 |
30 |
29 |
28 |
27 |
26 |
25 |
24 |
23 |
22 |
21 |
20 |
19 |
18 |
17 |
16 |
15 |
14 |
13 |
12 |
11 |
10 |
9 |
8 |
7 |
6 |
5 |
4 |
3 |
2 |
1 |
0 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0x0 | CR1 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x4 | CR2 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0xc | DIER | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x10 | SR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x14 | EGR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x18 | CCMR1_Input | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x18 | CCMR1_Output | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x20 | CCER | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x24 | CNT | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x28 | PSC | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x2c | ARR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x30 | RCR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x34 | CCR1 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x44 | BDTR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x48 | DCR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x4c | DMAR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x60 | AF1 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x68 | TISEL | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
status register
Offset: 0x10, reset: 0x0000, access: read-write
0/5 fields covered.
Bit 0: Update interrupt flag This bit is set by hardware on an update event. It is cleared by software. At overflow regarding the repetition counter value (update if repetition counter = 0) and if the UDIS=0 in the TIMx_CR1 register. When CNT is reinitialized by software using the UG bit in TIMx_EGR register, if URS=0 and UDIS=0 in the TIMx_CR1 register..
Bit 1: Capture/Compare 1 interrupt flag This flag is set by hardware. It is cleared by software (input capture or output compare mode) or by reading the TIMx_CCR1 register (input capture mode only). If channel CC1 is configured as output: this flag is set when the content of the counter TIMx_CNT matches the content of the TIMx_CCR1 register. When the content of TIMx_CCR1 is greater than the content of TIMx_ARR, the CC1IF bit goes high on the counter overflow (in up-counting and up/down-counting modes) or underflow (in down-counting mode). There are 3 possible options for flag setting in center-aligned mode, refer to the CMS bits in the TIMx_CR1 register for the full description. If channel CC1 is configured as input: this bit is set when counter value has been captured in TIMx_CCR1 register (an edge has been detected on IC1, as per the edge sensitivity defined with the CC1P and CC1NP bits setting, in TIMx_CCER)..
event generation register
Offset: 0x14, reset: 0x0000, access: write-only
0/4 fields covered.
| 31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
|
BG
w |
COMG
w |
CC1G
w |
UG
w |
||||||||||||
Bit 1: Capture/Compare 1 generation This bit is set by software in order to generate an event, it is automatically cleared by hardware. If channel CC1 is configured as output: CC1IF flag is set, Corresponding interrupt or DMA request is sent if enabled. If channel CC1 is configured as input: The current value of the counter is captured in TIMx_CCR1 register. The CC1IF flag is set, the corresponding interrupt or DMA request is sent if enabled. The CC1OF flag is set if the CC1IF flag was already high..
capture/compare mode register 1 (input mode)
Offset: 0x18, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/3 fields covered.
| 31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
|
IC1F
rw |
IC1PSC
rw |
CC1S
rw |
|||||||||||||
capture/compare mode register (output mode)
Offset: 0x18, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
1/5 fields covered.
Bit 3: Output Compare 1 preload enable Note: These bits can not be modified as long as LOCK level 3 has been programmed (LOCK bits in TIMx_BDTR register) and CC1S=â00â (the channel is configured in output). The PWM mode can be used without validating the preload register only in one pulse mode (OPM bit set in TIMx_CR1 register). Else the behavior is not guaranteed..
Bits 4-6: Output Compare 1 mode These bits define the behavior of the output reference signal OC1REF from which OC1 and OC1N are derived. OC1REF is active high whereas OC1 and OC1N active level depends on CC1P and CC1NP bits. All other values: Reserved Note: These bits can not be modified as long as LOCK level 3 has been programmed (LOCK bits in TIMx_BDTR register) and CC1S=â00â (the channel is configured in output). In PWM mode 1 or 2, the OCREF level changes only when the result of the comparison changes or when the output compare mode switches from âfrozenâ mode to âPWMâ mode. The OC1M[3] bit is not contiguous, located in bit 16..
Allowed values:
0: Frozen: The comparison between the output compare register TIMx_CCRy and the counter TIMx_CNT has no effect on the outputs
1: ActiveOnMatch: Set channel to active level on match. OCyREF signal is forced high when the counter matches the capture/compare register
2: InactiveOnMatch: Set channel to inactive level on match. OCyREF signal is forced low when the counter matches the capture/compare register
3: Toggle: OCyREF toggles when TIMx_CNT=TIMx_CCRy
4: ForceInactive: OCyREF is forced low
5: ForceActive: OCyREF is forced high
6: PwmMode1: In upcounting, channel is active as long as TIMx_CNT
7: PwmMode2: Inversely to PwmMode1
Bit 16: Output Compare 1 mode These bits define the behavior of the output reference signal OC1REF from which OC1 and OC1N are derived. OC1REF is active high whereas OC1 and OC1N active level depends on CC1P and CC1NP bits. All other values: Reserved Note: These bits can not be modified as long as LOCK level 3 has been programmed (LOCK bits in TIMx_BDTR register) and CC1S=â00â (the channel is configured in output). In PWM mode 1 or 2, the OCREF level changes only when the result of the comparison changes or when the output compare mode switches from âfrozenâ mode to âPWMâ mode. The OC1M[3] bit is not contiguous, located in bit 16..
capture/compare enable register
Offset: 0x20, reset: 0x0000, access: read-write
0/4 fields covered.
| 31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
|
CC1NP
rw |
CC1NE
rw |
CC1P
rw |
CC1E
rw |
||||||||||||
Bit 1: Capture/Compare 1 output polarity When CC1 channel is configured as input, both CC1NP/CC1P bits select the active polarity of TI1FP1 and TI2FP1 for trigger or capture operations. CC1NP=0, CC1P=0: non-inverted/rising edge. The circuit is sensitive to TIxFP1 rising edge (capture or trigger operations in reset, external clock or trigger mode), TIxFP1 is not inverted (trigger operation in gated mode or encoder mode). CC1NP=0, CC1P=1: inverted/falling edge. The circuit is sensitive to TIxFP1 falling edge (capture or trigger operations in reset, external clock or trigger mode), TIxFP1 is inverted (trigger operation in gated mode or encoder mode). CC1NP=1, CC1P=1: non-inverted/both edges/ The circuit is sensitive to both TIxFP1 rising and falling edges (capture or trigger operations in reset, external clock or trigger mode), TIxFP1is not inverted (trigger operation in gated mode). This configuration must not be used in encoder mode. CC1NP=1, CC1P=0: this configuration is reserved, it must not be used. Note: This bit is not writable as soon as LOCK level 2 or 3 has been programmed (LOCK bits in TIMx_BDTR register). On channels that have a complementary output, this bit is preloaded. If the CCPC bit is set in the TIMx_CR2 register then the CC1P active bit takes the new value from the preloaded bit only when a Commutation event is generated..
Bit 3: Capture/Compare 1 complementary output polarity CC1 channel configured as output: CC1 channel configured as input: This bit is used in conjunction with CC1P to define the polarity of TI1FP1 and TI2FP1. Refer to the description of CC1P. Note: This bit is not writable as soon as LOCK level 2 or 3 has been programmed (LOCK bits in TIMx_BDTR register) and CC1S=â00â (the channel is configured in output). On channels that have a complementary output, this bit is preloaded. If the CCPC bit is set in the TIMx_CR2 register then the CC1NP active bit takes the new value from the preloaded bit only when a commutation event is generated..
counter
Offset: 0x24, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
1/2 fields covered.
| 31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
UIFCPY
r |
|||||||||||||||
| 15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
|
CNT
rw |
|||||||||||||||
prescaler
Offset: 0x28, reset: 0x0000, access: read-write
0/1 fields covered.
| 31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
|
PSC
rw |
|||||||||||||||
auto-reload register
Offset: 0x2c, reset: 0x0000FFFF, access: read-write
0/1 fields covered.
| 31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
|
ARR
rw |
|||||||||||||||
repetition counter register
Offset: 0x30, reset: 0x0000, access: read-write
0/1 fields covered.
| 31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
|
REP
rw |
|||||||||||||||
capture/compare register 1
Offset: 0x34, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/1 fields covered.
| 31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
|
CCR1
rw |
|||||||||||||||
break and dead-time register
Offset: 0x44, reset: 0x0000, access: read-write
0/11 fields covered.
Bits 0-7: Dead-time generator setup This bit-field defines the duration of the dead-time inserted between the complementary outputs. DT correspond to this duration. DTG[7:5]=0xx => DT=DTG[7:0]x tdtg with tdtg=tDTS DTG[7:5]=10x => DT=(64+DTG[5:0])xtdtg with Tdtg=2xtDTS DTG[7:5]=110 => DT=(32+DTG[4:0])xtdtg with Tdtg=8xtDTS DTG[7:5]=111 => DT=(32+DTG[4:0])xtdtg with Tdtg=16xtDTS Example if TDTS=125ns (8MHz), dead-time possible values are: 0 to 15875 ns by 125 ns steps, 16 µs to 31750 ns by 250 ns steps, 32 µs to 63 µs by 1 µs steps, 64 µs to 126 µs by 2 µs steps Note: This bit-field can not be modified as long as LOCK level 1, 2 or 3 has been programmed (LOCK bits in TIMx_BDTR register)..
Bit 10: Off-state selection for Idle mode This bit is used when MOE=0 on channels configured as outputs. See OC/OCN enable description for more details (enable register (TIM16_CCER)(TIMx_CCER)(x = 16 to 17) on page 846). Note: This bit can not be modified as soon as the LOCK level 2 has been programmed (LOCK bits in TIMx_BDTR register)..
Bit 11: Off-state selection for Run mode This bit is used when MOE=1 on channels that have a complementary output which are configured as outputs. OSSR is not implemented if no complementary output is implemented in the timer. See OC/OCN enable description for more details (enable register (TIM16_CCER)(TIMx_CCER)(x = 16 to 17) on page 846). Note: This bit can not be modified as soon as the LOCK level 2 has been programmed (LOCK bits in TIMx_BDTR register)..
Bit 15: Main output enable This bit is cleared asynchronously by hardware as soon as the break input is active. It is set by software or automatically depending on the AOE bit. It is acting only on the channels which are configured in output. enable register (TIM16_CCER)(TIMx_CCER)(x = 16 to 17) on page 846)..
Bits 16-19: Break filter This bit-field defines the frequency used to sample BRK input and the length of the digital filter applied to BRK. The digital filter is made of an event counter in which N events are needed to validate a transition on the output: This bit cannot be modified when LOCK level 1 has been programmed (LOCK bits in TIMx_BDTR register)..
Bit 26: Break Disarm This bit is cleared by hardware when no break source is active. The BKDSRM bit must be set by software to release the bidirectional output control (open-drain output in Hi-Z state) and then be polled it until it is reset by hardware, indicating that the fault condition has disappeared. Note: Any write operation to this bit takes a delay of 1 APB clock cycle to become effective..
Bit 28: Break Bidirectional In the bidirectional mode (BKBID bit set to 1), the break input is configured both in input mode and in open drain output mode. Any active break event asserts a low logic level on the Break input to indicate an internal break event to external devices. Note: This bit cannot be modified as long as LOCK level 1 has been programmed (LOCK bits in TIMx_BDTR register). Note: Any write operation to this bit takes a delay of 1 APB clock cycle to become effective..
DMA control register
Offset: 0x48, reset: 0x0000, access: read-write
0/2 fields covered.
| 31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
|
DBL
rw |
DBA
rw |
||||||||||||||
Bits 0-4: DMA base address This 5-bit field defines the base-address for DMA transfers (when read/write access are done through the TIMx_DMAR address). DBA is defined as an offset starting from the address of the TIMx_CR1 register. Example: ... Example: Let us consider the following transfer: DBL = 7 transfers and DBA = TIMx_CR1. In this case the transfer is done to/from 7 registers starting from the TIMx_CR1 address..
DMA address for full transfer
Offset: 0x4c, reset: 0x0000, access: read-write
0/1 fields covered.
| 31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
|
DMAB
rw |
|||||||||||||||
TIM17 option register 1
Offset: 0x60, reset: 0x00000001, access: read-write
0/2 fields covered.
| 31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
|
BKINP
rw |
BKINE
rw |
||||||||||||||
input selection register
Offset: 0x68, reset: 0x0000, access: read-write
0/1 fields covered.
| 31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
|
TI1SEL
rw |
|||||||||||||||
0x40014800: General purpose timers
2/62 fields covered. Toggle Registers
| Offset | Name | 31 |
30 |
29 |
28 |
27 |
26 |
25 |
24 |
23 |
22 |
21 |
20 |
19 |
18 |
17 |
16 |
15 |
14 |
13 |
12 |
11 |
10 |
9 |
8 |
7 |
6 |
5 |
4 |
3 |
2 |
1 |
0 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0x0 | CR1 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x4 | CR2 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0xc | DIER | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x10 | SR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x14 | EGR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x18 | CCMR1_Input | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x18 | CCMR1_Output | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x20 | CCER | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x24 | CNT | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x28 | PSC | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x2c | ARR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x30 | RCR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x34 | CCR1 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x44 | BDTR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x48 | DCR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x4c | DMAR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x60 | AF1 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x68 | TISEL | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
status register
Offset: 0x10, reset: 0x0000, access: read-write
0/5 fields covered.
Bit 0: Update interrupt flag This bit is set by hardware on an update event. It is cleared by software. At overflow regarding the repetition counter value (update if repetition counter = 0) and if the UDIS=0 in the TIMx_CR1 register. When CNT is reinitialized by software using the UG bit in TIMx_EGR register, if URS=0 and UDIS=0 in the TIMx_CR1 register..
Bit 1: Capture/Compare 1 interrupt flag This flag is set by hardware. It is cleared by software (input capture or output compare mode) or by reading the TIMx_CCR1 register (input capture mode only). If channel CC1 is configured as output: this flag is set when the content of the counter TIMx_CNT matches the content of the TIMx_CCR1 register. When the content of TIMx_CCR1 is greater than the content of TIMx_ARR, the CC1IF bit goes high on the counter overflow (in up-counting and up/down-counting modes) or underflow (in down-counting mode). There are 3 possible options for flag setting in center-aligned mode, refer to the CMS bits in the TIMx_CR1 register for the full description. If channel CC1 is configured as input: this bit is set when counter value has been captured in TIMx_CCR1 register (an edge has been detected on IC1, as per the edge sensitivity defined with the CC1P and CC1NP bits setting, in TIMx_CCER)..
event generation register
Offset: 0x14, reset: 0x0000, access: write-only
0/4 fields covered.
| 31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
|
BG
w |
COMG
w |
CC1G
w |
UG
w |
||||||||||||
Bit 1: Capture/Compare 1 generation This bit is set by software in order to generate an event, it is automatically cleared by hardware. If channel CC1 is configured as output: CC1IF flag is set, Corresponding interrupt or DMA request is sent if enabled. If channel CC1 is configured as input: The current value of the counter is captured in TIMx_CCR1 register. The CC1IF flag is set, the corresponding interrupt or DMA request is sent if enabled. The CC1OF flag is set if the CC1IF flag was already high..
capture/compare mode register 1 (input mode)
Offset: 0x18, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/3 fields covered.
| 31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
|
IC1F
rw |
IC1PSC
rw |
CC1S
rw |
|||||||||||||
capture/compare mode register (output mode)
Offset: 0x18, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
1/5 fields covered.
Bit 3: Output Compare 1 preload enable Note: These bits can not be modified as long as LOCK level 3 has been programmed (LOCK bits in TIMx_BDTR register) and CC1S=â00â (the channel is configured in output). The PWM mode can be used without validating the preload register only in one pulse mode (OPM bit set in TIMx_CR1 register). Else the behavior is not guaranteed..
Bits 4-6: Output Compare 1 mode These bits define the behavior of the output reference signal OC1REF from which OC1 and OC1N are derived. OC1REF is active high whereas OC1 and OC1N active level depends on CC1P and CC1NP bits. All other values: Reserved Note: These bits can not be modified as long as LOCK level 3 has been programmed (LOCK bits in TIMx_BDTR register) and CC1S=â00â (the channel is configured in output). In PWM mode 1 or 2, the OCREF level changes only when the result of the comparison changes or when the output compare mode switches from âfrozenâ mode to âPWMâ mode. The OC1M[3] bit is not contiguous, located in bit 16..
Allowed values:
0: Frozen: The comparison between the output compare register TIMx_CCRy and the counter TIMx_CNT has no effect on the outputs
1: ActiveOnMatch: Set channel to active level on match. OCyREF signal is forced high when the counter matches the capture/compare register
2: InactiveOnMatch: Set channel to inactive level on match. OCyREF signal is forced low when the counter matches the capture/compare register
3: Toggle: OCyREF toggles when TIMx_CNT=TIMx_CCRy
4: ForceInactive: OCyREF is forced low
5: ForceActive: OCyREF is forced high
6: PwmMode1: In upcounting, channel is active as long as TIMx_CNT
7: PwmMode2: Inversely to PwmMode1
Bit 16: Output Compare 1 mode These bits define the behavior of the output reference signal OC1REF from which OC1 and OC1N are derived. OC1REF is active high whereas OC1 and OC1N active level depends on CC1P and CC1NP bits. All other values: Reserved Note: These bits can not be modified as long as LOCK level 3 has been programmed (LOCK bits in TIMx_BDTR register) and CC1S=â00â (the channel is configured in output). In PWM mode 1 or 2, the OCREF level changes only when the result of the comparison changes or when the output compare mode switches from âfrozenâ mode to âPWMâ mode. The OC1M[3] bit is not contiguous, located in bit 16..
capture/compare enable register
Offset: 0x20, reset: 0x0000, access: read-write
0/4 fields covered.
| 31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
|
CC1NP
rw |
CC1NE
rw |
CC1P
rw |
CC1E
rw |
||||||||||||
Bit 1: Capture/Compare 1 output polarity When CC1 channel is configured as input, both CC1NP/CC1P bits select the active polarity of TI1FP1 and TI2FP1 for trigger or capture operations. CC1NP=0, CC1P=0: non-inverted/rising edge. The circuit is sensitive to TIxFP1 rising edge (capture or trigger operations in reset, external clock or trigger mode), TIxFP1 is not inverted (trigger operation in gated mode or encoder mode). CC1NP=0, CC1P=1: inverted/falling edge. The circuit is sensitive to TIxFP1 falling edge (capture or trigger operations in reset, external clock or trigger mode), TIxFP1 is inverted (trigger operation in gated mode or encoder mode). CC1NP=1, CC1P=1: non-inverted/both edges/ The circuit is sensitive to both TIxFP1 rising and falling edges (capture or trigger operations in reset, external clock or trigger mode), TIxFP1is not inverted (trigger operation in gated mode). This configuration must not be used in encoder mode. CC1NP=1, CC1P=0: this configuration is reserved, it must not be used. Note: This bit is not writable as soon as LOCK level 2 or 3 has been programmed (LOCK bits in TIMx_BDTR register). On channels that have a complementary output, this bit is preloaded. If the CCPC bit is set in the TIMx_CR2 register then the CC1P active bit takes the new value from the preloaded bit only when a Commutation event is generated..
Bit 3: Capture/Compare 1 complementary output polarity CC1 channel configured as output: CC1 channel configured as input: This bit is used in conjunction with CC1P to define the polarity of TI1FP1 and TI2FP1. Refer to the description of CC1P. Note: This bit is not writable as soon as LOCK level 2 or 3 has been programmed (LOCK bits in TIMx_BDTR register) and CC1S=â00â (the channel is configured in output). On channels that have a complementary output, this bit is preloaded. If the CCPC bit is set in the TIMx_CR2 register then the CC1NP active bit takes the new value from the preloaded bit only when a commutation event is generated..
counter
Offset: 0x24, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
1/2 fields covered.
| 31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
UIFCPY
r |
|||||||||||||||
| 15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
|
CNT
rw |
|||||||||||||||
prescaler
Offset: 0x28, reset: 0x0000, access: read-write
0/1 fields covered.
| 31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
|
PSC
rw |
|||||||||||||||
auto-reload register
Offset: 0x2c, reset: 0x0000FFFF, access: read-write
0/1 fields covered.
| 31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
|
ARR
rw |
|||||||||||||||
repetition counter register
Offset: 0x30, reset: 0x0000, access: read-write
0/1 fields covered.
| 31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
|
REP
rw |
|||||||||||||||
capture/compare register 1
Offset: 0x34, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/1 fields covered.
| 31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
|
CCR1
rw |
|||||||||||||||
break and dead-time register
Offset: 0x44, reset: 0x0000, access: read-write
0/11 fields covered.
Bits 0-7: Dead-time generator setup This bit-field defines the duration of the dead-time inserted between the complementary outputs. DT correspond to this duration. DTG[7:5]=0xx => DT=DTG[7:0]x tdtg with tdtg=tDTS DTG[7:5]=10x => DT=(64+DTG[5:0])xtdtg with Tdtg=2xtDTS DTG[7:5]=110 => DT=(32+DTG[4:0])xtdtg with Tdtg=8xtDTS DTG[7:5]=111 => DT=(32+DTG[4:0])xtdtg with Tdtg=16xtDTS Example if TDTS=125ns (8MHz), dead-time possible values are: 0 to 15875 ns by 125 ns steps, 16 µs to 31750 ns by 250 ns steps, 32 µs to 63 µs by 1 µs steps, 64 µs to 126 µs by 2 µs steps Note: This bit-field can not be modified as long as LOCK level 1, 2 or 3 has been programmed (LOCK bits in TIMx_BDTR register)..
Bit 10: Off-state selection for Idle mode This bit is used when MOE=0 on channels configured as outputs. See OC/OCN enable description for more details (enable register (TIM16_CCER)(TIMx_CCER)(x = 16 to 17) on page 846). Note: This bit can not be modified as soon as the LOCK level 2 has been programmed (LOCK bits in TIMx_BDTR register)..
Bit 11: Off-state selection for Run mode This bit is used when MOE=1 on channels that have a complementary output which are configured as outputs. OSSR is not implemented if no complementary output is implemented in the timer. See OC/OCN enable description for more details (enable register (TIM16_CCER)(TIMx_CCER)(x = 16 to 17) on page 846). Note: This bit can not be modified as soon as the LOCK level 2 has been programmed (LOCK bits in TIMx_BDTR register)..
Bit 15: Main output enable This bit is cleared asynchronously by hardware as soon as the break input is active. It is set by software or automatically depending on the AOE bit. It is acting only on the channels which are configured in output. enable register (TIM16_CCER)(TIMx_CCER)(x = 16 to 17) on page 846)..
Bits 16-19: Break filter This bit-field defines the frequency used to sample BRK input and the length of the digital filter applied to BRK. The digital filter is made of an event counter in which N events are needed to validate a transition on the output: This bit cannot be modified when LOCK level 1 has been programmed (LOCK bits in TIMx_BDTR register)..
Bit 26: Break Disarm This bit is cleared by hardware when no break source is active. The BKDSRM bit must be set by software to release the bidirectional output control (open-drain output in Hi-Z state) and then be polled it until it is reset by hardware, indicating that the fault condition has disappeared. Note: Any write operation to this bit takes a delay of 1 APB clock cycle to become effective..
Bit 28: Break Bidirectional In the bidirectional mode (BKBID bit set to 1), the break input is configured both in input mode and in open drain output mode. Any active break event asserts a low logic level on the Break input to indicate an internal break event to external devices. Note: This bit cannot be modified as long as LOCK level 1 has been programmed (LOCK bits in TIMx_BDTR register). Note: Any write operation to this bit takes a delay of 1 APB clock cycle to become effective..
DMA control register
Offset: 0x48, reset: 0x0000, access: read-write
0/2 fields covered.
| 31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
|
DBL
rw |
DBA
rw |
||||||||||||||
Bits 0-4: DMA base address This 5-bit field defines the base-address for DMA transfers (when read/write access are done through the TIMx_DMAR address). DBA is defined as an offset starting from the address of the TIMx_CR1 register. Example: ... Example: Let us consider the following transfer: DBL = 7 transfers and DBA = TIMx_CR1. In this case the transfer is done to/from 7 registers starting from the TIMx_CR1 address..
DMA address for full transfer
Offset: 0x4c, reset: 0x0000, access: read-write
0/1 fields covered.
| 31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
|
DMAB
rw |
|||||||||||||||
TIM17 option register 1
Offset: 0x60, reset: 0x00000001, access: read-write
0/2 fields covered.
| 31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
|
BKINP
rw |
BKINE
rw |
||||||||||||||
input selection register
Offset: 0x68, reset: 0x0000, access: read-write
0/1 fields covered.
| 31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
|
TI1SEL
rw |
|||||||||||||||
0x40000400: General-purpose-timers
8/113 fields covered. Toggle Registers
| Offset | Name | 31 |
30 |
29 |
28 |
27 |
26 |
25 |
24 |
23 |
22 |
21 |
20 |
19 |
18 |
17 |
16 |
15 |
14 |
13 |
12 |
11 |
10 |
9 |
8 |
7 |
6 |
5 |
4 |
3 |
2 |
1 |
0 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0x0 | CR1 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x4 | CR2 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x8 | SMCR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0xc | DIER | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x10 | SR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x14 | EGR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x18 | CCMR1_Input | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x18 | CCMR1_Output | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x1c | CCMR2_Input | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x1c | CCMR2_Output | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x20 | CCER | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x24 | CNT | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x28 | PSC | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x2c | ARR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x34 | CCR1 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x38 | CCR2 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x3c | CCR3 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x40 | CCR4 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x48 | DCR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x4c | DMAR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x60 | AF1 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x68 | TISEL | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
control register 2
Offset: 0x4, reset: 0x0000, access: read-write
0/3 fields covered.
| 31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
|
TI1S
rw |
MMS
rw |
CCDS
rw |
|||||||||||||
Bits 4-6: Master mode selection These bits permit to select the information to be sent in master mode to slave timers for synchronization (TRGO). The combination is as follows: When the Counter Enable signal is controlled by the trigger input, there is a delay on TRGO, except if the master/slave mode is selected (see the MSM bit description in TIMx_SMCR register). Note: The clock of the slave timer or ADC must be enabled prior to receive events from the master timer, and must not be changed on-the-fly while triggers are received from the master timer..
slave mode control register
Offset: 0x8, reset: 0x0000, access: read-write
0/10 fields covered.
Bits 0-2: Slave mode selection When external signals are selected the active edge of the trigger signal (TRGI) is linked to the polarity selected on the external input (see Input Control register and Control Register description. reinitializes the counter, generates an update of the registers and starts the counter. Note: The gated mode must not be used if TI1F_ED is selected as the trigger input (TS=00100). Indeed, TI1F_ED outputs 1 pulse for each transition on TI1F, whereas the gated mode checks the level of the trigger signal. Note: The clock of the slave peripherals (timer, ADC, ...) receiving the TRGO or the TRGO2 signals must be enabled prior to receive events from the master timer, and the clock frequency (prescaler) must not be changed on-the-fly while triggers are received from the master timer..
Bits 4-6: Trigger selection This bit-field selects the trigger input to be used to synchronize the counter. Others: Reserved See for more details on ITRx meaning for each Timer. Note: These bits must be changed only when they are not used (e.g. when SMS=000) to avoid wrong edge detections at the transition..
Bit 14: External clock enable This bit enables External clock mode 2. Note: Setting the ECE bit has the same effect as selecting external clock mode 1 with TRGI connected to ETRF (SMS=111 and TS=00111). It is possible to simultaneously use external clock mode 2 with the following slave modes: reset mode, gated mode and trigger mode. Nevertheless, TRGI must not be connected to ETRF in this case (TS bits must not be 00111). If external clock mode 1 and external clock mode 2 are enabled at the same time, the external clock input is ETRF..
Bit 16: Slave mode selection When external signals are selected the active edge of the trigger signal (TRGI) is linked to the polarity selected on the external input (see Input Control register and Control Register description. reinitializes the counter, generates an update of the registers and starts the counter. Note: The gated mode must not be used if TI1F_ED is selected as the trigger input (TS=00100). Indeed, TI1F_ED outputs 1 pulse for each transition on TI1F, whereas the gated mode checks the level of the trigger signal. Note: The clock of the slave peripherals (timer, ADC, ...) receiving the TRGO or the TRGO2 signals must be enabled prior to receive events from the master timer, and the clock frequency (prescaler) must not be changed on-the-fly while triggers are received from the master timer..
Bits 20-21: Trigger selection This bit-field selects the trigger input to be used to synchronize the counter. Others: Reserved See for more details on ITRx meaning for each Timer. Note: These bits must be changed only when they are not used (e.g. when SMS=000) to avoid wrong edge detections at the transition..
status register
Offset: 0x10, reset: 0x0000, access: read-write
0/10 fields covered.
Bit 0: Update interrupt flag This bit is set by hardware on an update event. It is cleared by software. At overflow or underflow and if UDIS=0 in the TIMx_CR1 register. When CNT is reinitialized by software using the UG bit in TIMx_EGR register, if URS=0 and UDIS=0 in the TIMx_CR1 register. When CNT is reinitialized by a trigger event (refer to the synchro control register description), if URS=0 and UDIS=0 in the TIMx_CR1 register..
Bit 1: Capture/compare 1 interrupt flag This flag is set by hardware. It is cleared by software (input capture or output compare mode) or by reading the TIMx_CCR1 register (input capture mode only). If channel CC1 is configured as output: this flag is set when the content of the counter TIMx_CNT matches the content of the TIMx_CCR1 register. When the content of TIMx_CCR1 is greater than the content of TIMx_ARR, the CC1IF bit goes high on the counter overflow (in up-counting and up/down-counting modes) or underflow (in down-counting mode). There are 3 possible options for flag setting in center-aligned mode, refer to the CMS bits in the TIMx_CR1 register for the full description. If channel CC1 is configured as input: this bit is set when counter value has been captured in TIMx_CCR1 register (an edge has been detected on IC1, as per the edge sensitivity defined with the CC1P and CC1NP bits setting, in TIMx_CCER)..
event generation register
Offset: 0x14, reset: 0x0000, access: write-only
0/6 fields covered.
Bit 1: Capture/compare 1 generation This bit is set by software in order to generate an event, it is automatically cleared by hardware. If channel CC1 is configured as output: CC1IF flag is set, Corresponding interrupt or DMA request is sent if enabled. If channel CC1 is configured as input: The current value of the counter is captured in TIMx_CCR1 register. The CC1IF flag is set, the corresponding interrupt or DMA request is sent if enabled. The CC1OF flag is set if the CC1IF flag was already high..
capture/compare mode register 1 (output mode)
Offset: 0x18, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
4/12 fields covered.
Bits 4-6: Output compare 1 mode These bits define the behavior of the output reference signal OC1REF from which OC1 and OC1N are derived. OC1REF is active high whereas OC1 and OC1N active level depends on CC1P and CC1NP bits. Note: In PWM mode, the OCREF level changes only when the result of the comparison changes or when the output compare mode switches from âfrozenâ mode to âPWMâ mode. Note: The OC1M[3] bit is not contiguous, located in bit 16..
Allowed values:
0: Frozen: The comparison between the output compare register TIMx_CCRy and the counter TIMx_CNT has no effect on the outputs / OpmMode1: Retriggerable OPM mode 1 - In up-counting mode, the channel is active until a trigger event is detected (on TRGI signal). In down-counting mode, the channel is inactive
1: ActiveOnMatch: Set channel to active level on match. OCyREF signal is forced high when the counter matches the capture/compare register / OpmMode2: Inversely to OpmMode1
2: InactiveOnMatch: Set channel to inactive level on match. OCyREF signal is forced low when the counter matches the capture/compare register / Reserved
3: Toggle: OCyREF toggles when TIMx_CNT=TIMx_CCRy / Reserved
4: ForceInactive: OCyREF is forced low / CombinedPwmMode1: OCyREF has the same behavior as in PWM mode 1. OCyREFC is the logical OR between OC1REF and OC2REF
5: ForceActive: OCyREF is forced high / CombinedPwmMode2: OCyREF has the same behavior as in PWM mode 2. OCyREFC is the logical AND between OC1REF and OC2REF
6: PwmMode1: In upcounting, channel is active as long as TIMx_CNT
7: PwmMode2: Inversely to PwmMode1 / AsymmetricPwmMode2: Inversely to AsymmetricPwmMode1
Bits 12-14: Output compare 2 mode.
Allowed values:
0: Frozen: The comparison between the output compare register TIMx_CCRy and the counter TIMx_CNT has no effect on the outputs / OpmMode1: Retriggerable OPM mode 1 - In up-counting mode, the channel is active until a trigger event is detected (on TRGI signal). In down-counting mode, the channel is inactive
1: ActiveOnMatch: Set channel to active level on match. OCyREF signal is forced high when the counter matches the capture/compare register / OpmMode2: Inversely to OpmMode1
2: InactiveOnMatch: Set channel to inactive level on match. OCyREF signal is forced low when the counter matches the capture/compare register / Reserved
3: Toggle: OCyREF toggles when TIMx_CNT=TIMx_CCRy / Reserved
4: ForceInactive: OCyREF is forced low / CombinedPwmMode1: OCyREF has the same behavior as in PWM mode 1. OCyREFC is the logical OR between OC1REF and OC2REF
5: ForceActive: OCyREF is forced high / CombinedPwmMode2: OCyREF has the same behavior as in PWM mode 2. OCyREFC is the logical AND between OC1REF and OC2REF
6: PwmMode1: In upcounting, channel is active as long as TIMx_CNT
7: PwmMode2: Inversely to PwmMode1 / AsymmetricPwmMode2: Inversely to AsymmetricPwmMode1
capture/compare mode register 2 (output mode)
Offset: 0x1c, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
4/12 fields covered.
Bits 4-6: Output compare 3 mode.
Allowed values:
0: Frozen: The comparison between the output compare register TIMx_CCRy and the counter TIMx_CNT has no effect on the outputs / OpmMode1: Retriggerable OPM mode 1 - In up-counting mode, the channel is active until a trigger event is detected (on TRGI signal). In down-counting mode, the channel is inactive
1: ActiveOnMatch: Set channel to active level on match. OCyREF signal is forced high when the counter matches the capture/compare register / OpmMode2: Inversely to OpmMode1
2: InactiveOnMatch: Set channel to inactive level on match. OCyREF signal is forced low when the counter matches the capture/compare register / Reserved
3: Toggle: OCyREF toggles when TIMx_CNT=TIMx_CCRy / Reserved
4: ForceInactive: OCyREF is forced low / CombinedPwmMode1: OCyREF has the same behavior as in PWM mode 1. OCyREFC is the logical OR between OC1REF and OC2REF
5: ForceActive: OCyREF is forced high / CombinedPwmMode2: OCyREF has the same behavior as in PWM mode 2. OCyREFC is the logical AND between OC1REF and OC2REF
6: PwmMode1: In upcounting, channel is active as long as TIMx_CNT
7: PwmMode2: Inversely to PwmMode1 / AsymmetricPwmMode2: Inversely to AsymmetricPwmMode1
Bits 12-14: Output compare 4 mode.
Allowed values:
0: Frozen: The comparison between the output compare register TIMx_CCRy and the counter TIMx_CNT has no effect on the outputs / OpmMode1: Retriggerable OPM mode 1 - In up-counting mode, the channel is active until a trigger event is detected (on TRGI signal). In down-counting mode, the channel is inactive
1: ActiveOnMatch: Set channel to active level on match. OCyREF signal is forced high when the counter matches the capture/compare register / OpmMode2: Inversely to OpmMode1
2: InactiveOnMatch: Set channel to inactive level on match. OCyREF signal is forced low when the counter matches the capture/compare register / Reserved
3: Toggle: OCyREF toggles when TIMx_CNT=TIMx_CCRy / Reserved
4: ForceInactive: OCyREF is forced low / CombinedPwmMode1: OCyREF has the same behavior as in PWM mode 1. OCyREFC is the logical OR between OC1REF and OC2REF
5: ForceActive: OCyREF is forced high / CombinedPwmMode2: OCyREF has the same behavior as in PWM mode 2. OCyREFC is the logical AND between OC1REF and OC2REF
6: PwmMode1: In upcounting, channel is active as long as TIMx_CNT
7: PwmMode2: Inversely to PwmMode1 / AsymmetricPwmMode2: Inversely to AsymmetricPwmMode1
capture/compare enable register
Offset: 0x20, reset: 0x0000, access: read-write
0/12 fields covered.
Bit 1: Capture/Compare 1 output Polarity. When CC1 channel is configured as input, both CC1NP/CC1P bits select the active polarity of TI1FP1 and TI2FP1 for trigger or capture operations. CC1NP=0, CC1P=0: non-inverted/rising edge. The circuit is sensitive to TIxFP1 rising edge (capture or trigger operations in reset, external clock or trigger mode), TIxFP1 is not inverted (trigger operation in gated mode or encoder mode). CC1NP=0, CC1P=1: inverted/falling edge. The circuit is sensitive to TIxFP1 falling edge (capture or trigger operations in reset, external clock or trigger mode), TIxFP1 is inverted (trigger operation in gated mode or encoder mode). CC1NP=1, CC1P=1: non-inverted/both edges. The circuit is sensitive to both TIxFP1 rising and falling edges (capture or trigger operations in reset, external clock or trigger mode), TIxFP1is not inverted (trigger operation in gated mode). This configuration must not be used in encoder mode. CC1NP=1, CC1P=0: This configuration is reserved, it must not be used..
counter
Offset: 0x24, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/2 fields covered.
| 31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
CNT_H
rw |
|||||||||||||||
| 15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
|
CNT_L
rw |
|||||||||||||||
prescaler
Offset: 0x28, reset: 0x0000, access: read-write
0/1 fields covered.
| 31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
|
PSC
rw |
|||||||||||||||
auto-reload register
Offset: 0x2c, reset: 0xFFFFFFFF, access: read-write
0/1 fields covered.
| 31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
ARR
rw |
|||||||||||||||
| 15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
|
ARR
rw |
|||||||||||||||
capture/compare register 1
Offset: 0x34, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/1 fields covered.
| 31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
CCR1
rw |
|||||||||||||||
| 15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
|
CCR1
rw |
|||||||||||||||
Bits 0-31: High Capture/Compare 1 value (TIM2) nullLow Capture/Compare 1 value If channel CC1 is configured as output: CCR1 is the value to be loaded in the actual capture/compare 1 register (preload value). It is loaded permanently if the preload feature is not selected in the TIMx_CCMR1 register (bit OC1PE). Else the preload value is copied in the active capture/compare 1 register when an update event occurs. The active capture/compare register contains the value to be compared to the counter TIMx_CNT and signaled on OC1 output. If channel CC1is configured as input: CCR1 is the counter value transferred by the last input capture 1 event (IC1). The TIMx_CCR1 register is read-only and cannot be programmed..
capture/compare register 2
Offset: 0x38, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/1 fields covered.
| 31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
CCR2
rw |
|||||||||||||||
| 15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
|
CCR2
rw |
|||||||||||||||
Bits 0-31: High Capture/Compare 2 value (TIM2) nullLow Capture/Compare 2 value If channel CC2 is configured as output: CCR2 is the value to be loaded in the actual capture/compare 2 register (preload value). It is loaded permanently if the preload feature is not selected in the TIMx_CCMR1 register (bit OC2PE). Else the preload value is copied in the active capture/compare 2 register when an update event occurs. The active capture/compare register contains the value to be compared to the counter TIMx_CNT and signalled on OC2 output. If channel CC2 is configured as input: CCR2 is the counter value transferred by the last input capture 2 event (IC2). The TIMx_CCR2 register is read-only and cannot be programmed..
capture/compare register 3
Offset: 0x3c, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/1 fields covered.
| 31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
CCR3
rw |
|||||||||||||||
| 15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
|
CCR3
rw |
|||||||||||||||
Bits 0-31: High Capture/Compare 3 value (TIM2) nullLow Capture/Compare value If channel CC3 is configured as output: CCR3 is the value to be loaded in the actual capture/compare 3 register (preload value). It is loaded permanently if the preload feature is not selected in the TIMx_CCMR2 register (bit OC3PE). Else the preload value is copied in the active capture/compare 3 register when an update event occurs. The active capture/compare register contains the value to be compared to the counter TIMx_CNT and signalled on OC3 output. If channel CC3is configured as input: CCR3 is the counter value transferred by the last input capture 3 event (IC3). The TIMx_CCR3 register is read-only and cannot be programmed..
capture/compare register 4
Offset: 0x40, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/1 fields covered.
| 31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
CCR4
rw |
|||||||||||||||
| 15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
|
CCR4
rw |
|||||||||||||||
Bits 0-31: High Capture/Compare 4 value (TIM2) nullLow Capture/Compare value if CC4 channel is configured as output (CC4S bits): CCR4 is the value to be loaded in the actual capture/compare 4 register (preload value). It is loaded permanently if the preload feature is not selected in the TIMx_CCMR2 register (bit OC4PE). Else the preload value is copied in the active capture/compare 4 register when an update event occurs. The active capture/compare register contains the value to be compared to the counter TIMx_CNT and signalled on OC4 output. if CC4 channel is configured as input (CC4S bits in TIMx_CCMR4 register): CCR4 is the counter value transferred by the last input capture 4 event (IC4). The TIMx_CCR4 register is read-only and cannot be programmed..
DMA control register
Offset: 0x48, reset: 0x0000, access: read-write
0/2 fields covered.
| 31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
|
DBL
rw |
DBA
rw |
||||||||||||||
Bits 0-4: DMA base address This 5-bit vector defines the base-address for DMA transfers (when read/write access are done through the TIMx_DMAR address). DBA is defined as an offset starting from the address of the TIMx_CR1 register. Example: ... Example: Let us consider the following transfer: DBL = 7 transfers & DBA = TIMx_CR1. In this case the transfer is done to/from 7 registers starting from the TIMx_CR1 address..
DMA address for full transfer
Offset: 0x4c, reset: 0x0000, access: read-write
0/1 fields covered.
| 31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
|
DMAB
rw |
|||||||||||||||
TIM alternate function option register 1
Offset: 0x60, reset: 0x0000, access: read-write
0/1 fields covered.
| 31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
ETRSEL
rw |
|||||||||||||||
| 15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
|
ETRSEL
rw |
|||||||||||||||
TIM alternate function option register 1
Offset: 0x68, reset: 0x0000, access: read-write
0/3 fields covered.
| 31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
TI3SEL
rw |
|||||||||||||||
| 15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
|
TI2SEL
rw |
TI1SEL
rw |
||||||||||||||
0x40001000: Basic timers
1/15 fields covered. Toggle Registers
| Offset | Name | 31 |
30 |
29 |
28 |
27 |
26 |
25 |
24 |
23 |
22 |
21 |
20 |
19 |
18 |
17 |
16 |
15 |
14 |
13 |
12 |
11 |
10 |
9 |
8 |
7 |
6 |
5 |
4 |
3 |
2 |
1 |
0 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0x0 | CR1 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x4 | CR2 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0xc | DIER | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x10 | SR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x14 | EGR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x24 | CNT | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x28 | PSC | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x2c | ARR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
control register 2
Offset: 0x4, reset: 0x0000, access: read-write
0/1 fields covered.
| 31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
|
MMS
rw |
|||||||||||||||
Bits 4-6: Master mode selection These bits are used to select the information to be sent in master mode to slave timers for synchronization (TRGO). The combination is as follows: When the Counter Enable signal is controlled by the trigger input, there is a delay on TRGO, except if the master/slave mode is selected (see the MSM bit description in the TIMx_SMCR register). Note: The clock of the slave timer or ADC must be enabled prior to receive events from the master timer, and must not be changed on-the-fly while triggers are received from the master timer..
DMA/Interrupt enable register
Offset: 0xc, reset: 0x0000, access: read-write
0/2 fields covered.
| 31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
|
UDE
rw |
UIE
rw |
||||||||||||||
status register
Offset: 0x10, reset: 0x0000, access: read-write
0/1 fields covered.
| 31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
|
UIF
rw |
|||||||||||||||
Bit 0: Update interrupt flag This bit is set by hardware on an update event. It is cleared by software. At overflow or underflow regarding the repetition counter value and if UDIS = 0 in the TIMx_CR1 register. When CNT is reinitialized by software using the UG bit in the TIMx_EGR register, if URS = 0 and UDIS = 0 in the TIMx_CR1 register..
event generation register
Offset: 0x14, reset: 0x0000, access: write-only
0/1 fields covered.
| 31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
|
UG
w |
|||||||||||||||
counter
Offset: 0x24, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
1/2 fields covered.
| 31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
UIFCPY
r |
|||||||||||||||
| 15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
|
CNT
rw |
|||||||||||||||
prescaler
Offset: 0x28, reset: 0x0000, access: read-write
0/1 fields covered.
| 31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
|
PSC
rw |
|||||||||||||||
auto-reload register
Offset: 0x2c, reset: 0x0000FFFF, access: read-write
0/1 fields covered.
| 31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
|
ARR
rw |
|||||||||||||||
0x40001400: Basic timers
1/15 fields covered. Toggle Registers
| Offset | Name | 31 |
30 |
29 |
28 |
27 |
26 |
25 |
24 |
23 |
22 |
21 |
20 |
19 |
18 |
17 |
16 |
15 |
14 |
13 |
12 |
11 |
10 |
9 |
8 |
7 |
6 |
5 |
4 |
3 |
2 |
1 |
0 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0x0 | CR1 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x4 | CR2 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0xc | DIER | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x10 | SR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x14 | EGR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x24 | CNT | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x28 | PSC | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x2c | ARR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
control register 2
Offset: 0x4, reset: 0x0000, access: read-write
0/1 fields covered.
| 31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
|
MMS
rw |
|||||||||||||||
Bits 4-6: Master mode selection These bits are used to select the information to be sent in master mode to slave timers for synchronization (TRGO). The combination is as follows: When the Counter Enable signal is controlled by the trigger input, there is a delay on TRGO, except if the master/slave mode is selected (see the MSM bit description in the TIMx_SMCR register). Note: The clock of the slave timer or ADC must be enabled prior to receive events from the master timer, and must not be changed on-the-fly while triggers are received from the master timer..
DMA/Interrupt enable register
Offset: 0xc, reset: 0x0000, access: read-write
0/2 fields covered.
| 31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
|
UDE
rw |
UIE
rw |
||||||||||||||
status register
Offset: 0x10, reset: 0x0000, access: read-write
0/1 fields covered.
| 31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
|
UIF
rw |
|||||||||||||||
Bit 0: Update interrupt flag This bit is set by hardware on an update event. It is cleared by software. At overflow or underflow regarding the repetition counter value and if UDIS = 0 in the TIMx_CR1 register. When CNT is reinitialized by software using the UG bit in the TIMx_EGR register, if URS = 0 and UDIS = 0 in the TIMx_CR1 register..
event generation register
Offset: 0x14, reset: 0x0000, access: write-only
0/1 fields covered.
| 31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
|
UG
w |
|||||||||||||||
counter
Offset: 0x24, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
1/2 fields covered.
| 31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
UIFCPY
r |
|||||||||||||||
| 15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
|
CNT
rw |
|||||||||||||||
prescaler
Offset: 0x28, reset: 0x0000, access: read-write
0/1 fields covered.
| 31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
|
PSC
rw |
|||||||||||||||
auto-reload register
Offset: 0x2c, reset: 0x0000FFFF, access: read-write
0/1 fields covered.
| 31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
|
ARR
rw |
|||||||||||||||
0x40013800: Universal synchronous asynchronous receiver transmitter
53/170 fields covered. Toggle Registers
| Offset | Name | 31 |
30 |
29 |
28 |
27 |
26 |
25 |
24 |
23 |
22 |
21 |
20 |
19 |
18 |
17 |
16 |
15 |
14 |
13 |
12 |
11 |
10 |
9 |
8 |
7 |
6 |
5 |
4 |
3 |
2 |
1 |
0 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0x0 | CR1_FIFO_DISABLED | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x0 | CR1_FIFO_ENABLED | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x4 | CR2 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x8 | CR3 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0xc | BRR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x10 | GTPR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x14 | RTOR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x18 | RQR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x1c | ISR_FIFO_DISABLED | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x1c | ISR_FIFO_ENABLED | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x20 | ICR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x24 | RDR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x28 | TDR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x2c | PRESC | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Control register 1
Offset: 0x0, reset: 0x0000, access: read-write
0/22 fields covered.
Bit 0: USART enable When this bit is cleared, the USART prescalers and outputs are stopped immediately, and all current operations are discarded. The USART configuration is kept, but all the USART_ISR status flags are reset. This bit is set and cleared by software. Note: To enter low-power mode without generating errors on the line, the TE bit must be previously reset and the software must wait for the TC bit in the USART_ISR to be set before resetting the UE bit. The DMA requests are also reset when UE = 0 so the DMA channel must be disabled before resetting the UE bit. In Smartcard mode, (SCEN = 1), the SCLK is always available when CLKEN = 1, regardless of the UE bit value..
Bit 1: USART enable in low-power mode When this bit is cleared, the USART cannot wake up the MCU from low-power mode. When this bit is set, the USART can wake up the MCU from low-power mode. This bit is set and cleared by software. Note: It is recommended to set the UESM bit just before entering low-power mode and clear it when exit from low-power mode. If the USART does not support the wakeup from Stop feature, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to ..
Bit 3: Transmitter enable This bit enables the transmitter. It is set and cleared by software. Note: During transmission, a low pulse on the TE bit ('0â followed by '1â) sends a preamble (idle line) after the current word, except in Smartcard mode. In order to generate an idle character, the TE must not be immediately written to '1â. To ensure the required duration, the software can poll the TEACK bit in the USART_ISR register. In Smartcard mode, when TE is set, there is a 1 bit-time delay before the transmission starts..
Bit 10: Parity control enable This bit selects the hardware parity control (generation and detection). When the parity control is enabled, the computed parity is inserted at the MSB position (9th bit if MÂ =Â 1; 8th bit if MÂ =Â 0) and the parity is checked on the received data. This bit is set and cleared by software. Once it is set, PCE is active after the current byte (in reception and in transmission). This bitfield can only be written when the USART is disabled (UEÂ =Â 0)..
Bits 16-20: Driver Enable deassertion time This 5-bit value defines the time between the end of the last stop bit, in a transmitted message, and the de-activation of the DE (Driver Enable) signal. It is expressed in sample time units (1/8 or 1/16 bit time, depending on the oversampling rate). If the USART_TDR register is written during the DEDT time, the new data is transmitted only when the DEDT and DEAT times have both elapsed. This bitfield can only be written when the USART is disabled (UEÂ =Â 0). Note: If the Driver Enable feature is not supported, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to ..
Bits 21-25: Driver Enable assertion time This 5-bit value defines the time between the activation of the DE (Driver Enable) signal and the beginning of the start bit. It is expressed in sample time units (1/8 or 1/16 bit time, depending on the oversampling rate). This bitfield can only be written when the USART is disabled (UEÂ =Â 0). Note: If the Driver Enable feature is not supported, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to ..
Bit 28: Word length This bit must be used in conjunction with bit 12 (M0) to determine the word length. It is set or cleared by software. M[1:0] = '00â: 1 start bit, 8 Data bits, n Stop bit M[1:0] = '01â: 1 start bit, 9 Data bits, n Stop bit M[1:0] = '10â: 1 start bit, 7 Data bits, n Stop bit This bit can only be written when the USART is disabled (UEÂ =Â 0). Note: In 7-bits data length mode, the Smartcard mode, LIN master mode and Auto baud rate (0x7F and 0x55 frames detection) are not supported..
Bit 29: FIFO mode enable This bit is set and cleared by software. This bitfield can only be written when the USART is disabled (UEÂ =Â 0). Note: FIFO mode can be used on standard UART communication, in SPI master/slave mode and in Smartcard modes only. It must not be enabled in IrDA and LIN modes..
Control register 1
Offset: 0x0, reset: 0x0000, access: read-write
0/24 fields covered.
Bit 0: USART enable When this bit is cleared, the USART prescalers and outputs are stopped immediately, and all current operations are discarded. The USART configuration is kept, but all the USART_ISR status flags are reset. This bit is set and cleared by software. Note: To enter low-power mode without generating errors on the line, the TE bit must be previously reset and the software must wait for the TC bit in the USART_ISR to be set before resetting the UE bit. The DMA requests are also reset when UE = 0 so the DMA channel must be disabled before resetting the UE bit. In Smartcard mode, (SCEN = 1), the SCLK is always available when CLKEN = 1, regardless of the UE bit value..
Bit 1: USART enable in low-power mode When this bit is cleared, the USART cannot wake up the MCU from low-power mode. When this bit is set, the USART can wake up the MCU from low-power mode. This bit is set and cleared by software. Note: It is recommended to set the UESM bit just before entering low-power mode and clear it when exit from low-power mode. If the USART does not support the wakeup from Stop feature, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to ..
Bit 3: Transmitter enable This bit enables the transmitter. It is set and cleared by software. Note: During transmission, a low pulse on the TE bit ('0â followed by '1â) sends a preamble (idle line) after the current word, except in Smartcard mode. In order to generate an idle character, the TE must not be immediately written to '1â. To ensure the required duration, the software can poll the TEACK bit in the USART_ISR register. In Smartcard mode, when TE is set, there is a 1 bit-time delay before the transmission starts..
Bit 10: Parity control enable This bit selects the hardware parity control (generation and detection). When the parity control is enabled, the computed parity is inserted at the MSB position (9th bit if MÂ =Â 1; 8th bit if MÂ =Â 0) and the parity is checked on the received data. This bit is set and cleared by software. Once it is set, PCE is active after the current byte (in reception and in transmission). This bitfield can only be written when the USART is disabled (UEÂ =Â 0)..
Bits 16-20: Driver Enable deassertion time This 5-bit value defines the time between the end of the last stop bit, in a transmitted message, and the de-activation of the DE (Driver Enable) signal. It is expressed in sample time units (1/8 or 1/16 bit time, depending on the oversampling rate). If the USART_TDR register is written during the DEDT time, the new data is transmitted only when the DEDT and DEAT times have both elapsed. This bitfield can only be written when the USART is disabled (UEÂ =Â 0). Note: If the Driver Enable feature is not supported, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to ..
Bits 21-25: Driver Enable assertion time This 5-bit value defines the time between the activation of the DE (Driver Enable) signal and the beginning of the start bit. It is expressed in sample time units (1/8 or 1/16 bit time, depending on the oversampling rate). This bitfield can only be written when the USART is disabled (UEÂ =Â 0). Note: If the Driver Enable feature is not supported, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to ..
Bit 28: Word length This bit must be used in conjunction with bit 12 (M0) to determine the word length. It is set or cleared by software. M[1:0] = '00â: 1 start bit, 8 Data bits, n Stop bit M[1:0] = '01â: 1 start bit, 9 Data bits, n Stop bit M[1:0] = '10â: 1 start bit, 7 Data bits, n Stop bit This bit can only be written when the USART is disabled (UEÂ =Â 0). Note: In 7-bits data length mode, the Smartcard mode, LIN master mode and Auto baud rate (0x7F and 0x55 frames detection) are not supported..
Bit 29: FIFO mode enable This bit is set and cleared by software. This bitfield can only be written when the USART is disabled (UEÂ =Â 0). Note: FIFO mode can be used on standard UART communication, in SPI master/slave mode and in Smartcard modes only. It must not be enabled in IrDA and LIN modes..
Control register 2
Offset: 0x4, reset: 0x0000, access: read-write
0/20 fields covered.
Bit 4: 7-bit Address Detection/4-bit Address Detection This bit is for selection between 4-bit address detection or 7-bit address detection. This bit can only be written when the USART is disabled (UEÂ =Â 0) Note: In 7-bit and 9-bit data modes, the address detection is done on 6-bit and 8-bit address (ADD[5:0] and ADD[7:0]) respectively..
Bit 8: Last bit clock pulse This bit is used to select whether the clock pulse associated with the last data bit transmitted (MSB) has to be output on the SCLK pin in synchronous mode. The last bit is the 7th or 8th or 9th data bit transmitted depending on the 7 or 8 or 9 bit format selected by the M bit in the USART_CR1 register. This bit can only be written when the USART is disabled (UEÂ =Â 0). Note: If synchronous mode is not supported, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to ..
Bit 9: Clock phase This bit is used to select the phase of the clock output on the SCLK pin in synchronous mode. It works in conjunction with the CPOL bit to produce the desired clock/data relationship (see and ) This bit can only be written when the USART is disabled (UEÂ =Â 0). Note: If synchronous mode is not supported, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to ..
Bit 10: Clock polarity This bit enables the user to select the polarity of the clock output on the SCLK pin in synchronous mode. It works in conjunction with the CPHA bit to produce the desired clock/data relationship This bit can only be written when the USART is disabled (UEÂ =Â 0). Note: If synchronous mode is not supported, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to ..
Bit 11: Clock enable This bit enables the user to enable the SCLK pin. This bit can only be written when the USART is disabled (UEÂ =Â 0). Note: If neither synchronous mode nor Smartcard mode is supported, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to . In Smartcard mode, in order to provide correctly the SCLK clock to the smartcard, the steps below must be respected: UE = 0 SCEN = 1 GTPR configuration CLKEN= 1 UE = 1.
Bit 14: LIN mode enable This bit is set and cleared by software. The LIN mode enables the capability to send LIN synchronous breaks (13 low bits) using the SBKRQ bit in the USART_CR1 register, and to detect LIN Sync breaks. This bitfield can only be written when the USART is disabled (UEÂ =Â 0). Note: If the USART does not support LIN mode, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to ..
Bits 21-22: Auto baud rate mode These bits are set and cleared by software. This bitfield can only be written when ABREN = 0 or the USART is disabled (UEÂ =Â 0). Note: If DATAINVÂ =Â 1 and/or MSBFIRSTÂ =Â 1 the patterns must be the same on the line, for example 0xAA for MSBFIRST) If the USART does not support the auto baud rate feature, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to ..
Bit 23: Receiver timeout enable This bit is set and cleared by software. When this feature is enabled, the RTOF flag in the USART_ISR register is set if the RX line is idle (no reception) for the duration programmed in the RTOR (receiver timeout register). Note: If the USART does not support the Receiver timeout feature, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to ..
Bits 24-31: Address of the USART node ADD[7:4]: These bits give the address of the USART node or a character code to be recognized. They are used to wake up the MCU with 7-bit address mark detection in multiprocessor communication during Mute mode or low-power mode. The MSB of the character sent by the transmitter should be equal to 1. They can also be used for character detection during normal reception, Mute mode inactive (for example, end of block detection in ModBus protocol). In this case, the whole received character (8-bit) is compared to the ADD[7:0] value and CMF flag is set on match. These bits can only be written when reception is disabled (RE = 0) or the USART is disabled (UEÂ =Â 0). ADD[3:0]: These bits give the address of the USART node or a character code to be recognized. They are used for wakeup with address mark detection, in multiprocessor communication during Mute mode or low-power mode. These bits can only be written when reception is disabled (RE = 0) or the USART is disabled (UEÂ =Â 0)..
Control register 3
Offset: 0x8, reset: 0x0000, access: read-write
0/24 fields covered.
| 31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
TXFTCFG
rw |
RXFTIE
rw |
RXFTCFG
rw |
TCBGTIE
rw |
TXFTIE
rw |
WUFIE
rw |
WUS
rw |
SCARCNT
rw |
||||||||
| 15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
|
DEP
rw |
DEM
rw |
DDRE
rw |
OVRDIS
rw |
ONEBIT
rw |
CTSIE
rw |
CTSE
rw |
RTSE
rw |
DMAT
rw |
DMAR
rw |
SCEN
rw |
NACK
rw |
HDSEL
rw |
IRLP
rw |
IREN
rw |
EIE
rw |
Bit 12: Overrun Disable This bit is used to disable the receive overrun detection. the ORE flag is not set and the new received data overwrites the previous content of the USART_RDR register. When FIFO mode is enabled, the RXFIFO is bypassed and data is written directly in USART_RDR register. Even when FIFO management is enabled, the RXNE flag is to be used. This bit can only be written when the USART is disabled (UEÂ =Â 0). Note: This control bit enables checking the communication flow w/o reading the data.
Bit 14: Driver enable mode This bit enables the user to activate the external transceiver control, through the DE signal. This bit can only be written when the USART is disabled (UEÂ =Â 0). Note: If the Driver Enable feature is not supported, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. ..
Bits 17-19: Smartcard auto-retry count This bitfield specifies the number of retries for transmission and reception in Smartcard mode. In transmission mode, it specifies the number of automatic retransmission retries, before generating a transmission error (FE bit set). In reception mode, it specifies the number or erroneous reception trials, before generating a reception error (RXNE/RXFNE and PE bits set). This bitfield must be programmed only when the USART is disabled (UEÂ =Â 0). When the USART is enabled (UEÂ =Â 1), this bitfield may only be written to 0x0, in order to stop retransmission. Note: If Smartcard mode is not supported, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to ..
Bits 20-21: Wakeup from low-power mode interrupt flag selection This bitfield specifies the event which activates the WUF (Wakeup from low-power mode flag). This bitfield can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE = 0). If the USART does not support the wakeup from Stop feature, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to page 835..
Baud rate register
Offset: 0xc, reset: 0x0000, access: read-write
0/1 fields covered.
| 31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
|
BRR
rw |
|||||||||||||||
Guard time and prescaler register
Offset: 0x10, reset: 0x0000, access: read-write
0/2 fields covered.
| 31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
|
GT
rw |
PSC
rw |
||||||||||||||
Bits 0-7: Prescaler value In IrDA low-power and normal IrDA mode: PSC[7:0] = IrDA Normal and Low-Power baud rate PSC[7:0] is used to program the prescaler for dividing the USART source clock to achieve the low-power frequency: the source clock is divided by the value given in the register (8 significant bits): In Smartcard mode: PSC[4:0]Â =Â Prescaler value PSC[4:0] is used to program the prescaler for dividing the USART source clock to provide the Smartcard clock. The value given in the register (5 significant bits) is multiplied by 2 to give the division factor of the source clock frequency: ... 0010Â 0000: Divides the source clock by 32 (IrDA mode) ... 1111Â 1111: Divides the source clock by 255 (IrDA mode) This bitfield can only be written when the USART is disabled (UEÂ =Â 0). Note: Bits [7:5] must be kept cleared if Smartcard mode is used. This bitfield is reserved and forced by hardware to '0â when the Smartcard and IrDA modes are not supported. Refer to ..
Bits 8-15: Guard time value This bitfield is used to program the Guard time value in terms of number of baud clock periods. This is used in Smartcard mode. The Transmission Complete flag is set after this guard time value. This bitfield can only be written when the USART is disabled (UEÂ =Â 0). Note: If Smartcard mode is not supported, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to ..
Receiver timeout register
Offset: 0x14, reset: 0x0000, access: read-write
0/2 fields covered.
| 31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
BLEN
rw |
RTO
rw |
||||||||||||||
| 15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
|
RTO
rw |
|||||||||||||||
Request register
Offset: 0x18, reset: 0x0000, access: write-only
0/5 fields covered.
Bit 0: Auto baud rate request Writing 1 to this bit resets the ABRF flag in the USART_ISR and requests an automatic baud rate measurement on the next received data frame. Note: If the USART does not support the auto baud rate feature, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to ..
Bit 1: Send break request Writing 1 to this bit sets the SBKF flag and request to send a BREAK on the line, as soon as the transmit machine is available. Note: When the application needs to send the break character following all previously inserted data, including the ones not yet transmitted, the software should wait for the TXE flag assertion before setting the SBKRQ bit..
Bit 4: Transmit data flush request When FIFO mode is disabled, writing '1â to this bit sets the TXE flag. This enables to discard the transmit data. This bit must be used only in Smartcard mode, when data have not been sent due to errors (NACK) and the FE flag is active in the USART_ISR register. If the USART does not support Smartcard mode, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. When FIFO is enabled, TXFRQ bit is set to flush the whole FIFO. This sets the TXFE flag (Transmit FIFO empty, bit 23 in the USART_ISR register). Flushing the Transmit FIFO is supported in both UART and Smartcard modes. Note: In FIFO mode, the TXFNF flag is reset during the flush request until TxFIFO is empty in order to ensure that no data are written in the data register..
Interrupt & status register
Offset: 0x1c, reset: 0x000000C0, access: read-only
24/24 fields covered.
Bit 1: Framing error This bit is set by hardware when a de-synchronization, excessive noise or a break character is detected. It is cleared by software, writing 1 to the FECF bit in the USART_ICR register. When transmitting data in Smartcard mode, this bit is set when the maximum number of transmit attempts is reached without success (the card NACKs the data frame). An interrupt is generated if EIEÂ =Â 1 in the USART_CR1 register..
Bit 2: Noise detection flag This bit is set by hardware when noise is detected on a received frame. It is cleared by software, writing 1 to the NECF bit in the USART_ICR register. Note: This bit does not generate an interrupt as it appears at the same time as the RXNE bit which itself generates an interrupt. An interrupt is generated when the NE flag is set during multi buffer communication if the EIE bit is set. When the line is noise-free, the NE flag can be disabled by programming the ONEBIT bit to 1 to increase the USART tolerance to deviations (Refer to Tolerance of the USART receiver to clock deviation on page 861)..
Bit 3: Overrun error This bit is set by hardware when the data currently being received in the shift register is ready to be transferred into the USART_RDR register while RXNEÂ =Â 1. It is cleared by a software, writing 1 to the ORECF, in the USART_ICR register. An interrupt is generated if RXNEIEÂ =Â 1 or EIE Â =Â 1 in the USART_CR1 register. Note: When this bit is set, the USART_RDR register content is not lost but the shift register is overwritten. An interrupt is generated if the ORE flag is set during multi buffer communication if the EIE bit is set. This bit is permanently forced to 0 (no overrun detection) when the bit OVRDIS is set in the USART_CR3 register..
Bit 4: Idle line detected This bit is set by hardware when an Idle Line is detected. An interrupt is generated if IDLEIEÂ =Â 1 in the USART_CR1 register. It is cleared by software, writing 1 to the IDLECF in the USART_ICR register. Note: The IDLE bit is not set again until the RXNE bit has been set (i.e. a new idle line occurs). If Mute mode is enabled (MMEÂ =Â 1), IDLE is set if the USART is not mute (RWUÂ =Â 0), whatever the Mute mode selected by the WAKE bit. If RWUÂ =Â 1, IDLE is not set..
Bit 5: Read data register not empty RXNE bit is set by hardware when the content of the USART_RDR shift register has been transferred to the USART_RDR register. It is cleared by reading from the USART_RDR register. The RXNE flag can also be cleared by writing 1 to the RXFRQ in the USART_RQR register. An interrupt is generated if RXNEIEÂ =Â 1 in the USART_CR1 register..
Bit 6: Transmission complete This bit indicates that the last data written in the USART_TDR has been transmitted out of the shift register. It is set by hardware when the transmission of a frame containing data is complete and when TXE is set. An interrupt is generated if TCIEÂ =Â 1 in the USART_CR1 register. TC bit is is cleared by software, by writing 1 to the TCCF in the USART_ICR register or by a write to the USART_TDR register. Note: If TE bit is reset and no transmission is on going, the TC bit is set immediately..
Bit 7: Transmit data register empty TXE is set by hardware when the content of the USART_TDR register has been transferred into the shift register. It is cleared by writing to the USART_TDR register. The TXE flag can also be set by writing 1 to the TXFRQ in the USART_RQR register, in order to discard the data (only in Smartcard T = 0 mode, in case of transmission failure). An interrupt is generated if the TXEIE bit  = 1 in the USART_CR1 register..
Bit 8: LIN break detection flag This bit is set by hardware when the LIN break is detected. It is cleared by software, by writing 1 to the LBDCF in the USART_ICR. An interrupt is generated if LBDIE = 1 in the USART_CR2 register. Note: If the USART does not support LIN mode, this bit is reserved and kept at reset value. Refer to ..
Bit 9: CTS interrupt flag This bit is set by hardware when the nCTS input toggles, if the CTSE bit is set. It is cleared by software, by writing 1 to the CTSCF bit in the USART_ICR register. An interrupt is generated if CTSIEÂ =Â 1 in the USART_CR3 register. Note: If the hardware flow control feature is not supported, this bit is reserved and kept at reset value..
Bit 11: Receiver timeout This bit is set by hardware when the timeout value, programmed in the RTOR register has lapsed, without any communication. It is cleared by software, writing 1 to the RTOCF bit in the USART_ICR register. An interrupt is generated if RTOIEÂ =Â 1 in the USART_CR2 register. In Smartcard mode, the timeout corresponds to the CWT or BWT timings. Note: If a time equal to the value programmed in RTOR register separates 2 characters, RTOF is not set. If this time exceeds this value + 2 sample times (2/16 or 2/8, depending on the oversampling method), RTOF flag is set. The counter counts even if RE = 0 but RTOF is set only when RE = 1. If the timeout has already elapsed when RE is set, then RTOF is set. If the USART does not support the Receiver timeout feature, this bit is reserved and kept at reset value..
Bit 12: End of block flag This bit is set by hardware when a complete block has been received (for example TÂ =Â 1 Smartcard mode). The detection is done when the number of received bytes (from the start of the block, including the prologue) is equal or greater than BLEN + 4. An interrupt is generated if the EOBIEÂ =Â 1 in the USART_CR2 register. It is cleared by software, writing 1 to the EOBCF in the USART_ICR register. Note: If Smartcard mode is not supported, this bit is reserved and kept at reset value. Refer to ..
Bit 13: SPI slave underrun error flag In slave transmission mode, this flag is set when the first clock pulse for data transmission appears while the software has not yet loaded any value into USART_TDR. This flag is reset by setting UDRCF bit in the USART_ICR register. Note: If the USART does not support the SPI slave mode, this bit is reserved and kept at reset value. Refer to ..
Bit 14: Auto baud rate error This bit is set by hardware if the baud rate measurement failed (baud rate out of range or character comparison failed) It is cleared by software, by writing 1 to the ABRRQ bit in the USART_CR3 register. Note: If the USART does not support the auto baud rate feature, this bit is reserved and kept at reset value..
Bit 15: Auto baud rate flag This bit is set by hardware when the automatic baud rate has been set (RXNE is also set, generating an interrupt if RXNEIE = 1) or when the auto baud rate operation was completed without success (ABREÂ =Â 1) (ABRE, RXNE and FE are also set in this case) It is cleared by software, in order to request a new auto baud rate detection, by writing 1 to the ABRRQ in the USART_RQR register. Note: If the USART does not support the auto baud rate feature, this bit is reserved and kept at reset value..
Bit 19: Receiver wakeup from Mute mode This bit indicates if the USART is in Mute mode. It is cleared/set by hardware when a wakeup/mute sequence is recognized. The Mute mode control sequence (address or IDLE) is selected by the WAKE bit in the USART_CR1 register. When wakeup on IDLE mode is selected, this bit can only be set by software, writing 1 to the MMRQ bit in the USART_RQR register. Note: If the USART does not support the wakeup from Stop feature, this bit is reserved and kept at reset value. Refer to ..
Bit 20: Wakeup from low-power mode flag This bit is set by hardware, when a wakeup event is detected. The event is defined by the WUS bitfield. It is cleared by software, writing a 1 to the WUCF in the USART_ICR register. An interrupt is generated if WUFIEÂ =Â 1 in the USART_CR3 register. Note: When UESM is cleared, WUF flag is also cleared. If the USART does not support the wakeup from Stop feature, this bit is reserved and kept at reset value. Refer to ..
Bit 21: Transmit enable acknowledge flag This bit is set/reset by hardware, when the Transmit Enable value is taken into account by the USART. It can be used when an idle frame request is generated by writing TEÂ =Â 0, followed by TEÂ =Â 1 in the USART_CR1 register, in order to respect the TEÂ =Â 0 minimum period..
Bit 22: Receive enable acknowledge flag This bit is set/reset by hardware, when the Receive Enable value is taken into account by the USART. It can be used to verify that the USART is ready for reception before entering low-power mode. Note: If the USART does not support the wakeup from Stop feature, this bit is reserved and kept at reset value. Refer to ..
Bit 25: Transmission complete before guard time flag This bit is set when the last data written in the USART_TDR has been transmitted correctly out of the shift register. It is set by hardware in Smartcard mode, if the transmission of a frame containing data is complete and if the smartcard did not send back any NACK. An interrupt is generated if TCBGTIE = 1 in the USART_CR3 register. This bit is cleared by software, by writing 1 to the TCBGTCF in the USART_ICR register or by a write to the USART_TDR register. Note: If the USART does not support the Smartcard mode, this bit is reserved and kept at reset value. If the USART supports the Smartcard mode and the Smartcard mode is enabled, the TCBGT reset value is '1â. Refer to on page 835..
Interrupt & status register
Offset: 0x1c, reset: 0x008000C0, access: read-only
28/28 fields covered.
Bit 0: Parity error This bit is set by hardware when a parity error occurs in receiver mode. It is cleared by software, writing 1 to the PECF in the USART_ICR register. An interrupt is generated if PEIE = 1 in the USART_CR1 register. Note: This error is associated with the character in the USART_RDR..
Bit 1: Framing error This bit is set by hardware when a de-synchronization, excessive noise or a break character is detected. It is cleared by software, writing 1 to the FECF bit in the USART_ICR register. When transmitting data in Smartcard mode, this bit is set when the maximum number of transmit attempts is reached without success (the card NACKs the data frame). An interrupt is generated if EIEÂ =Â 1 in the USART_CR1 register. Note: This error is associated with the character in the USART_RDR..
Bit 2: Noise detection flag This bit is set by hardware when noise is detected on a received frame. It is cleared by software, writing 1 to the NECF bit in the USART_ICR register. Note: This bit does not generate an interrupt as it appears at the same time as the RXFNE bit which itself generates an interrupt. An interrupt is generated when the NE flag is set during multi buffer communication if the EIE bit is set. When the line is noise-free, the NE flag can be disabled by programming the ONEBIT bit to 1 to increase the USART tolerance to deviations (Refer to Tolerance of the USART receiver to clock deviation on page 861). This error is associated with the character in the USART_RDR..
Bit 3: Overrun error This bit is set by hardware when the data currently being received in the shift register is ready to be transferred into the USART_RDR register while RXFF = 1. It is cleared by a software, writing 1 to the ORECF, in the USART_ICR register. An interrupt is generated if RXFNEIEÂ =Â 1 or EIE = 1 in the USART_CR1 register. Note: When this bit is set, the USART_RDR register content is not lost but the shift register is overwritten. An interrupt is generated if the ORE flag is set during multi buffer communication if the EIE bit is set. This bit is permanently forced to 0 (no overrun detection) when the bit OVRDIS is set in the USART_CR3 register..
Bit 4: Idle line detected This bit is set by hardware when an Idle Line is detected. An interrupt is generated if IDLEIEÂ =Â 1 in the USART_CR1 register. It is cleared by software, writing 1 to the IDLECF in the USART_ICR register. Note: The IDLE bit is not set again until the RXFNE bit has been set (i.e. a new idle line occurs). If Mute mode is enabled (MMEÂ =Â 1), IDLE is set if the USART is not mute (RWUÂ =Â 0), whatever the Mute mode selected by the WAKE bit. If RWUÂ =Â 1, IDLE is not set..
Bit 5: RXFIFO not empty RXFNE bit is set by hardware when the RXFIFO is not empty, meaning that data can be read from the USART_RDR register. Every read operation from the USART_RDR frees a location in the RXFIFO. RXFNE is cleared when the RXFIFO is empty. The RXFNE flag can also be cleared by writing 1 to the RXFRQ in the USART_RQR register. An interrupt is generated if RXFNEIEÂ =Â 1 in the USART_CR1 register..
Bit 6: Transmission complete This bit indicates that the last data written in the USART_TDR has been transmitted out of the shift register. It is set by hardware when the transmission of a frame containing data is complete and when TXFE is set. An interrupt is generated if TCIEÂ =Â 1 in the USART_CR1 register. TC bit is is cleared by software, by writing 1 to the TCCF in the USART_ICR register or by a write to the USART_TDR register. Note: If TE bit is reset and no transmission is on going, the TC bit is immediately set..
Bit 7: TXFIFO not full TXFNF is set by hardware when TXFIFO is not full meaning that data can be written in the USART_TDR. Every write operation to the USART_TDR places the data in the TXFIFO. This flag remains set until the TXFIFO is full. When the TXFIFO is full, this flag is cleared indicating that data can not be written into the USART_TDR. An interrupt is generated if the TXFNFIE bit =1 in the USART_CR1 register. Note: The TXFNF is kept reset during the flush request until TXFIFO is empty. After sending the flush request (by setting TXFRQ bit), the flag TXFNF should be checked prior to writing in TXFIFO (TXFNF and TXFE are set at the same time). This bit is used during single buffer transmission..
Bit 8: LIN break detection flag This bit is set by hardware when the LIN break is detected. It is cleared by software, by writing 1 to the LBDCF in the USART_ICR. An interrupt is generated if LBDIE = 1 in the USART_CR2 register. Note: If the USART does not support LIN mode, this bit is reserved and kept at reset value. Refer to ..
Bit 9: CTS interrupt flag This bit is set by hardware when the nCTS input toggles, if the CTSE bit is set. It is cleared by software, by writing 1 to the CTSCF bit in the USART_ICR register. An interrupt is generated if CTSIEÂ =Â 1 in the USART_CR3 register. Note: If the hardware flow control feature is not supported, this bit is reserved and kept at reset value..
Bit 11: Receiver timeout This bit is set by hardware when the timeout value, programmed in the RTOR register has lapsed, without any communication. It is cleared by software, writing 1 to the RTOCF bit in the USART_ICR register. An interrupt is generated if RTOIEÂ =Â 1 in the USART_CR2 register. In Smartcard mode, the timeout corresponds to the CWT or BWT timings. Note: If a time equal to the value programmed in RTOR register separates 2 characters, RTOF is not set. If this time exceeds this value + 2 sample times (2/16 or 2/8, depending on the oversampling method), RTOF flag is set. The counter counts even if RE = 0 but RTOF is set only when RE = 1. If the timeout has already elapsed when RE is set, then RTOF is set. If the USART does not support the Receiver timeout feature, this bit is reserved and kept at reset value..
Bit 12: End of block flag This bit is set by hardware when a complete block has been received (for example TÂ =Â 1 Smartcard mode). The detection is done when the number of received bytes (from the start of the block, including the prologue) is equal or greater than BLEN + 4. An interrupt is generated if the EOBIEÂ =Â 1 in the USART_CR2 register. It is cleared by software, writing 1 to the EOBCF in the USART_ICR register. Note: If Smartcard mode is not supported, this bit is reserved and kept at reset value. Refer to ..
Bit 13: SPI slave underrun error flag In slave transmission mode, this flag is set when the first clock pulse for data transmission appears while the software has not yet loaded any value into USART_TDR. This flag is reset by setting UDRCF bit in the USART_ICR register. Note: If the USART does not support the SPI slave mode, this bit is reserved and kept at reset value. Refer to ..
Bit 14: Auto baud rate error This bit is set by hardware if the baud rate measurement failed (baud rate out of range or character comparison failed) It is cleared by software, by writing 1 to the ABRRQ bit in the USART_CR3 register. Note: If the USART does not support the auto baud rate feature, this bit is reserved and kept at reset value..
Bit 15: Auto baud rate flag This bit is set by hardware when the automatic baud rate has been set (RXFNE is also set, generating an interrupt if RXFNEIE = 1) or when the auto baud rate operation was completed without success (ABREÂ =Â 1) (ABRE, RXFNE and FE are also set in this case) It is cleared by software, in order to request a new auto baud rate detection, by writing 1 to the ABRRQ in the USART_RQR register. Note: If the USART does not support the auto baud rate feature, this bit is reserved and kept at reset value..
Bit 19: Receiver wakeup from Mute mode This bit indicates if the USART is in Mute mode. It is cleared/set by hardware when a wakeup/mute sequence is recognized. The Mute mode control sequence (address or IDLE) is selected by the WAKE bit in the USART_CR1 register. When wakeup on IDLE mode is selected, this bit can only be set by software, writing 1 to the MMRQ bit in the USART_RQR register. Note: If the USART does not support the wakeup from Stop feature, this bit is reserved and kept at reset value. Refer to ..
Bit 20: Wakeup from low-power mode flag This bit is set by hardware, when a wakeup event is detected. The event is defined by the WUS bitfield. It is cleared by software, writing a 1 to the WUCF in the USART_ICR register. An interrupt is generated if WUFIEÂ =Â 1 in the USART_CR3 register. Note: When UESM is cleared, WUF flag is also cleared. If the USART does not support the wakeup from Stop feature, this bit is reserved and kept at reset value. Refer to ..
Bit 21: Transmit enable acknowledge flag This bit is set/reset by hardware, when the Transmit Enable value is taken into account by the USART. It can be used when an idle frame request is generated by writing TEÂ =Â 0, followed by TEÂ =Â 1 in the USART_CR1 register, in order to respect the TEÂ =Â 0 minimum period..
Bit 22: Receive enable acknowledge flag This bit is set/reset by hardware, when the Receive Enable value is taken into account by the USART. It can be used to verify that the USART is ready for reception before entering low-power mode. Note: If the USART does not support the wakeup from Stop feature, this bit is reserved and kept at reset value. Refer to ..
Bit 23: TXFIFO empty This bit is set by hardware when TXFIFO is empty. When the TXFIFO contains at least one data, this flag is cleared. The TXFE flag can also be set by writing 1 to the bit TXFRQ (bit 4) in the USART_RQR register. An interrupt is generated if the TXFEIE bit  = 1 (bit 30) in the USART_CR1 register..
Bit 25: Transmission complete before guard time flag This bit is set when the last data written in the USART_TDR has been transmitted correctly out of the shift register. It is set by hardware in Smartcard mode, if the transmission of a frame containing data is complete and if the smartcard did not send back any NACK. An interrupt is generated if TCBGTIE = 1 in the USART_CR3 register. This bit is cleared by software, by writing 1 to the TCBGTCF in the USART_ICR register or by a write to the USART_TDR register. Note: If the USART does not support the Smartcard mode, this bit is reserved and kept at reset value. If the USART supports the Smartcard mode and the Smartcard mode is enabled, the TCBGT reset value is '1â. Refer to on page 835..
Bit 26: RXFIFO threshold flag This bit is set by hardware when the threshold programmed in RXFTCFG in USART_CR3 register is reached. This means that there are (RXFTCFG - 1) data in the Receive FIFO and one data in the USART_RDR register. An interrupt is generated if the RXFTIE bit  = 1 (bit 27) in the USART_CR3 register. Note: When the RXFTCFG threshold is configured to '101â, RXFT flag is set if 16 data are available i.e. 15 data in the RXFIFO and 1 data in the USART_RDR. Consequently, the 17th received data does not cause an overrun error. The overrun error occurs after receiving the 18th data..
Receive data register
Offset: 0x24, reset: 0x0000, access: read-only
1/1 fields covered.
| 31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
|
RDR
r |
|||||||||||||||
Transmit data register
Offset: 0x28, reset: 0x0000, access: read-write
0/1 fields covered.
| 31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
|
TDR
rw |
|||||||||||||||
Prescaler register
Offset: 0x2c, reset: 0x0000, access: read-write
0/1 fields covered.
| 31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
|
PRESCALER
rw |
|||||||||||||||
0x40004400: Universal synchronous asynchronous receiver transmitter
53/170 fields covered. Toggle Registers
| Offset | Name | 31 |
30 |
29 |
28 |
27 |
26 |
25 |
24 |
23 |
22 |
21 |
20 |
19 |
18 |
17 |
16 |
15 |
14 |
13 |
12 |
11 |
10 |
9 |
8 |
7 |
6 |
5 |
4 |
3 |
2 |
1 |
0 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0x0 | CR1_FIFO_DISABLED | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x0 | CR1_FIFO_ENABLED | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x4 | CR2 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x8 | CR3 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0xc | BRR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x10 | GTPR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x14 | RTOR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x18 | RQR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x1c | ISR_FIFO_DISABLED | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x1c | ISR_FIFO_ENABLED | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x20 | ICR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x24 | RDR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x28 | TDR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x2c | PRESC | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Control register 1
Offset: 0x0, reset: 0x0000, access: read-write
0/22 fields covered.
Bit 0: USART enable When this bit is cleared, the USART prescalers and outputs are stopped immediately, and all current operations are discarded. The USART configuration is kept, but all the USART_ISR status flags are reset. This bit is set and cleared by software. Note: To enter low-power mode without generating errors on the line, the TE bit must be previously reset and the software must wait for the TC bit in the USART_ISR to be set before resetting the UE bit. The DMA requests are also reset when UE = 0 so the DMA channel must be disabled before resetting the UE bit. In Smartcard mode, (SCEN = 1), the SCLK is always available when CLKEN = 1, regardless of the UE bit value..
Bit 1: USART enable in low-power mode When this bit is cleared, the USART cannot wake up the MCU from low-power mode. When this bit is set, the USART can wake up the MCU from low-power mode. This bit is set and cleared by software. Note: It is recommended to set the UESM bit just before entering low-power mode and clear it when exit from low-power mode. If the USART does not support the wakeup from Stop feature, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to ..
Bit 3: Transmitter enable This bit enables the transmitter. It is set and cleared by software. Note: During transmission, a low pulse on the TE bit ('0â followed by '1â) sends a preamble (idle line) after the current word, except in Smartcard mode. In order to generate an idle character, the TE must not be immediately written to '1â. To ensure the required duration, the software can poll the TEACK bit in the USART_ISR register. In Smartcard mode, when TE is set, there is a 1 bit-time delay before the transmission starts..
Bit 10: Parity control enable This bit selects the hardware parity control (generation and detection). When the parity control is enabled, the computed parity is inserted at the MSB position (9th bit if MÂ =Â 1; 8th bit if MÂ =Â 0) and the parity is checked on the received data. This bit is set and cleared by software. Once it is set, PCE is active after the current byte (in reception and in transmission). This bitfield can only be written when the USART is disabled (UEÂ =Â 0)..
Bits 16-20: Driver Enable deassertion time This 5-bit value defines the time between the end of the last stop bit, in a transmitted message, and the de-activation of the DE (Driver Enable) signal. It is expressed in sample time units (1/8 or 1/16 bit time, depending on the oversampling rate). If the USART_TDR register is written during the DEDT time, the new data is transmitted only when the DEDT and DEAT times have both elapsed. This bitfield can only be written when the USART is disabled (UEÂ =Â 0). Note: If the Driver Enable feature is not supported, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to ..
Bits 21-25: Driver Enable assertion time This 5-bit value defines the time between the activation of the DE (Driver Enable) signal and the beginning of the start bit. It is expressed in sample time units (1/8 or 1/16 bit time, depending on the oversampling rate). This bitfield can only be written when the USART is disabled (UEÂ =Â 0). Note: If the Driver Enable feature is not supported, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to ..
Bit 28: Word length This bit must be used in conjunction with bit 12 (M0) to determine the word length. It is set or cleared by software. M[1:0] = '00â: 1 start bit, 8 Data bits, n Stop bit M[1:0] = '01â: 1 start bit, 9 Data bits, n Stop bit M[1:0] = '10â: 1 start bit, 7 Data bits, n Stop bit This bit can only be written when the USART is disabled (UEÂ =Â 0). Note: In 7-bits data length mode, the Smartcard mode, LIN master mode and Auto baud rate (0x7F and 0x55 frames detection) are not supported..
Bit 29: FIFO mode enable This bit is set and cleared by software. This bitfield can only be written when the USART is disabled (UEÂ =Â 0). Note: FIFO mode can be used on standard UART communication, in SPI master/slave mode and in Smartcard modes only. It must not be enabled in IrDA and LIN modes..
Control register 1
Offset: 0x0, reset: 0x0000, access: read-write
0/24 fields covered.
Bit 0: USART enable When this bit is cleared, the USART prescalers and outputs are stopped immediately, and all current operations are discarded. The USART configuration is kept, but all the USART_ISR status flags are reset. This bit is set and cleared by software. Note: To enter low-power mode without generating errors on the line, the TE bit must be previously reset and the software must wait for the TC bit in the USART_ISR to be set before resetting the UE bit. The DMA requests are also reset when UE = 0 so the DMA channel must be disabled before resetting the UE bit. In Smartcard mode, (SCEN = 1), the SCLK is always available when CLKEN = 1, regardless of the UE bit value..
Bit 1: USART enable in low-power mode When this bit is cleared, the USART cannot wake up the MCU from low-power mode. When this bit is set, the USART can wake up the MCU from low-power mode. This bit is set and cleared by software. Note: It is recommended to set the UESM bit just before entering low-power mode and clear it when exit from low-power mode. If the USART does not support the wakeup from Stop feature, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to ..
Bit 3: Transmitter enable This bit enables the transmitter. It is set and cleared by software. Note: During transmission, a low pulse on the TE bit ('0â followed by '1â) sends a preamble (idle line) after the current word, except in Smartcard mode. In order to generate an idle character, the TE must not be immediately written to '1â. To ensure the required duration, the software can poll the TEACK bit in the USART_ISR register. In Smartcard mode, when TE is set, there is a 1 bit-time delay before the transmission starts..
Bit 10: Parity control enable This bit selects the hardware parity control (generation and detection). When the parity control is enabled, the computed parity is inserted at the MSB position (9th bit if MÂ =Â 1; 8th bit if MÂ =Â 0) and the parity is checked on the received data. This bit is set and cleared by software. Once it is set, PCE is active after the current byte (in reception and in transmission). This bitfield can only be written when the USART is disabled (UEÂ =Â 0)..
Bits 16-20: Driver Enable deassertion time This 5-bit value defines the time between the end of the last stop bit, in a transmitted message, and the de-activation of the DE (Driver Enable) signal. It is expressed in sample time units (1/8 or 1/16 bit time, depending on the oversampling rate). If the USART_TDR register is written during the DEDT time, the new data is transmitted only when the DEDT and DEAT times have both elapsed. This bitfield can only be written when the USART is disabled (UEÂ =Â 0). Note: If the Driver Enable feature is not supported, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to ..
Bits 21-25: Driver Enable assertion time This 5-bit value defines the time between the activation of the DE (Driver Enable) signal and the beginning of the start bit. It is expressed in sample time units (1/8 or 1/16 bit time, depending on the oversampling rate). This bitfield can only be written when the USART is disabled (UEÂ =Â 0). Note: If the Driver Enable feature is not supported, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to ..
Bit 28: Word length This bit must be used in conjunction with bit 12 (M0) to determine the word length. It is set or cleared by software. M[1:0] = '00â: 1 start bit, 8 Data bits, n Stop bit M[1:0] = '01â: 1 start bit, 9 Data bits, n Stop bit M[1:0] = '10â: 1 start bit, 7 Data bits, n Stop bit This bit can only be written when the USART is disabled (UEÂ =Â 0). Note: In 7-bits data length mode, the Smartcard mode, LIN master mode and Auto baud rate (0x7F and 0x55 frames detection) are not supported..
Bit 29: FIFO mode enable This bit is set and cleared by software. This bitfield can only be written when the USART is disabled (UEÂ =Â 0). Note: FIFO mode can be used on standard UART communication, in SPI master/slave mode and in Smartcard modes only. It must not be enabled in IrDA and LIN modes..
Control register 2
Offset: 0x4, reset: 0x0000, access: read-write
0/20 fields covered.
Bit 4: 7-bit Address Detection/4-bit Address Detection This bit is for selection between 4-bit address detection or 7-bit address detection. This bit can only be written when the USART is disabled (UEÂ =Â 0) Note: In 7-bit and 9-bit data modes, the address detection is done on 6-bit and 8-bit address (ADD[5:0] and ADD[7:0]) respectively..
Bit 8: Last bit clock pulse This bit is used to select whether the clock pulse associated with the last data bit transmitted (MSB) has to be output on the SCLK pin in synchronous mode. The last bit is the 7th or 8th or 9th data bit transmitted depending on the 7 or 8 or 9 bit format selected by the M bit in the USART_CR1 register. This bit can only be written when the USART is disabled (UEÂ =Â 0). Note: If synchronous mode is not supported, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to ..
Bit 9: Clock phase This bit is used to select the phase of the clock output on the SCLK pin in synchronous mode. It works in conjunction with the CPOL bit to produce the desired clock/data relationship (see and ) This bit can only be written when the USART is disabled (UEÂ =Â 0). Note: If synchronous mode is not supported, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to ..
Bit 10: Clock polarity This bit enables the user to select the polarity of the clock output on the SCLK pin in synchronous mode. It works in conjunction with the CPHA bit to produce the desired clock/data relationship This bit can only be written when the USART is disabled (UEÂ =Â 0). Note: If synchronous mode is not supported, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to ..
Bit 11: Clock enable This bit enables the user to enable the SCLK pin. This bit can only be written when the USART is disabled (UEÂ =Â 0). Note: If neither synchronous mode nor Smartcard mode is supported, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to . In Smartcard mode, in order to provide correctly the SCLK clock to the smartcard, the steps below must be respected: UE = 0 SCEN = 1 GTPR configuration CLKEN= 1 UE = 1.
Bit 14: LIN mode enable This bit is set and cleared by software. The LIN mode enables the capability to send LIN synchronous breaks (13 low bits) using the SBKRQ bit in the USART_CR1 register, and to detect LIN Sync breaks. This bitfield can only be written when the USART is disabled (UEÂ =Â 0). Note: If the USART does not support LIN mode, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to ..
Bits 21-22: Auto baud rate mode These bits are set and cleared by software. This bitfield can only be written when ABREN = 0 or the USART is disabled (UEÂ =Â 0). Note: If DATAINVÂ =Â 1 and/or MSBFIRSTÂ =Â 1 the patterns must be the same on the line, for example 0xAA for MSBFIRST) If the USART does not support the auto baud rate feature, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to ..
Bit 23: Receiver timeout enable This bit is set and cleared by software. When this feature is enabled, the RTOF flag in the USART_ISR register is set if the RX line is idle (no reception) for the duration programmed in the RTOR (receiver timeout register). Note: If the USART does not support the Receiver timeout feature, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to ..
Bits 24-31: Address of the USART node ADD[7:4]: These bits give the address of the USART node or a character code to be recognized. They are used to wake up the MCU with 7-bit address mark detection in multiprocessor communication during Mute mode or low-power mode. The MSB of the character sent by the transmitter should be equal to 1. They can also be used for character detection during normal reception, Mute mode inactive (for example, end of block detection in ModBus protocol). In this case, the whole received character (8-bit) is compared to the ADD[7:0] value and CMF flag is set on match. These bits can only be written when reception is disabled (RE = 0) or the USART is disabled (UEÂ =Â 0). ADD[3:0]: These bits give the address of the USART node or a character code to be recognized. They are used for wakeup with address mark detection, in multiprocessor communication during Mute mode or low-power mode. These bits can only be written when reception is disabled (RE = 0) or the USART is disabled (UEÂ =Â 0)..
Control register 3
Offset: 0x8, reset: 0x0000, access: read-write
0/24 fields covered.
| 31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
TXFTCFG
rw |
RXFTIE
rw |
RXFTCFG
rw |
TCBGTIE
rw |
TXFTIE
rw |
WUFIE
rw |
WUS
rw |
SCARCNT
rw |
||||||||
| 15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
|
DEP
rw |
DEM
rw |
DDRE
rw |
OVRDIS
rw |
ONEBIT
rw |
CTSIE
rw |
CTSE
rw |
RTSE
rw |
DMAT
rw |
DMAR
rw |
SCEN
rw |
NACK
rw |
HDSEL
rw |
IRLP
rw |
IREN
rw |
EIE
rw |
Bit 12: Overrun Disable This bit is used to disable the receive overrun detection. the ORE flag is not set and the new received data overwrites the previous content of the USART_RDR register. When FIFO mode is enabled, the RXFIFO is bypassed and data is written directly in USART_RDR register. Even when FIFO management is enabled, the RXNE flag is to be used. This bit can only be written when the USART is disabled (UEÂ =Â 0). Note: This control bit enables checking the communication flow w/o reading the data.
Bit 14: Driver enable mode This bit enables the user to activate the external transceiver control, through the DE signal. This bit can only be written when the USART is disabled (UEÂ =Â 0). Note: If the Driver Enable feature is not supported, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. ..
Bits 17-19: Smartcard auto-retry count This bitfield specifies the number of retries for transmission and reception in Smartcard mode. In transmission mode, it specifies the number of automatic retransmission retries, before generating a transmission error (FE bit set). In reception mode, it specifies the number or erroneous reception trials, before generating a reception error (RXNE/RXFNE and PE bits set). This bitfield must be programmed only when the USART is disabled (UEÂ =Â 0). When the USART is enabled (UEÂ =Â 1), this bitfield may only be written to 0x0, in order to stop retransmission. Note: If Smartcard mode is not supported, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to ..
Bits 20-21: Wakeup from low-power mode interrupt flag selection This bitfield specifies the event which activates the WUF (Wakeup from low-power mode flag). This bitfield can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE = 0). If the USART does not support the wakeup from Stop feature, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to page 835..
Baud rate register
Offset: 0xc, reset: 0x0000, access: read-write
0/1 fields covered.
| 31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
|
BRR
rw |
|||||||||||||||
Guard time and prescaler register
Offset: 0x10, reset: 0x0000, access: read-write
0/2 fields covered.
| 31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
|
GT
rw |
PSC
rw |
||||||||||||||
Bits 0-7: Prescaler value In IrDA low-power and normal IrDA mode: PSC[7:0] = IrDA Normal and Low-Power baud rate PSC[7:0] is used to program the prescaler for dividing the USART source clock to achieve the low-power frequency: the source clock is divided by the value given in the register (8 significant bits): In Smartcard mode: PSC[4:0]Â =Â Prescaler value PSC[4:0] is used to program the prescaler for dividing the USART source clock to provide the Smartcard clock. The value given in the register (5 significant bits) is multiplied by 2 to give the division factor of the source clock frequency: ... 0010Â 0000: Divides the source clock by 32 (IrDA mode) ... 1111Â 1111: Divides the source clock by 255 (IrDA mode) This bitfield can only be written when the USART is disabled (UEÂ =Â 0). Note: Bits [7:5] must be kept cleared if Smartcard mode is used. This bitfield is reserved and forced by hardware to '0â when the Smartcard and IrDA modes are not supported. Refer to ..
Bits 8-15: Guard time value This bitfield is used to program the Guard time value in terms of number of baud clock periods. This is used in Smartcard mode. The Transmission Complete flag is set after this guard time value. This bitfield can only be written when the USART is disabled (UEÂ =Â 0). Note: If Smartcard mode is not supported, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to ..
Receiver timeout register
Offset: 0x14, reset: 0x0000, access: read-write
0/2 fields covered.
| 31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
BLEN
rw |
RTO
rw |
||||||||||||||
| 15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
|
RTO
rw |
|||||||||||||||
Request register
Offset: 0x18, reset: 0x0000, access: write-only
0/5 fields covered.
Bit 0: Auto baud rate request Writing 1 to this bit resets the ABRF flag in the USART_ISR and requests an automatic baud rate measurement on the next received data frame. Note: If the USART does not support the auto baud rate feature, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to ..
Bit 1: Send break request Writing 1 to this bit sets the SBKF flag and request to send a BREAK on the line, as soon as the transmit machine is available. Note: When the application needs to send the break character following all previously inserted data, including the ones not yet transmitted, the software should wait for the TXE flag assertion before setting the SBKRQ bit..
Bit 4: Transmit data flush request When FIFO mode is disabled, writing '1â to this bit sets the TXE flag. This enables to discard the transmit data. This bit must be used only in Smartcard mode, when data have not been sent due to errors (NACK) and the FE flag is active in the USART_ISR register. If the USART does not support Smartcard mode, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. When FIFO is enabled, TXFRQ bit is set to flush the whole FIFO. This sets the TXFE flag (Transmit FIFO empty, bit 23 in the USART_ISR register). Flushing the Transmit FIFO is supported in both UART and Smartcard modes. Note: In FIFO mode, the TXFNF flag is reset during the flush request until TxFIFO is empty in order to ensure that no data are written in the data register..
Interrupt & status register
Offset: 0x1c, reset: 0x000000C0, access: read-only
24/24 fields covered.
Bit 1: Framing error This bit is set by hardware when a de-synchronization, excessive noise or a break character is detected. It is cleared by software, writing 1 to the FECF bit in the USART_ICR register. When transmitting data in Smartcard mode, this bit is set when the maximum number of transmit attempts is reached without success (the card NACKs the data frame). An interrupt is generated if EIEÂ =Â 1 in the USART_CR1 register..
Bit 2: Noise detection flag This bit is set by hardware when noise is detected on a received frame. It is cleared by software, writing 1 to the NECF bit in the USART_ICR register. Note: This bit does not generate an interrupt as it appears at the same time as the RXNE bit which itself generates an interrupt. An interrupt is generated when the NE flag is set during multi buffer communication if the EIE bit is set. When the line is noise-free, the NE flag can be disabled by programming the ONEBIT bit to 1 to increase the USART tolerance to deviations (Refer to Tolerance of the USART receiver to clock deviation on page 861)..
Bit 3: Overrun error This bit is set by hardware when the data currently being received in the shift register is ready to be transferred into the USART_RDR register while RXNEÂ =Â 1. It is cleared by a software, writing 1 to the ORECF, in the USART_ICR register. An interrupt is generated if RXNEIEÂ =Â 1 or EIE Â =Â 1 in the USART_CR1 register. Note: When this bit is set, the USART_RDR register content is not lost but the shift register is overwritten. An interrupt is generated if the ORE flag is set during multi buffer communication if the EIE bit is set. This bit is permanently forced to 0 (no overrun detection) when the bit OVRDIS is set in the USART_CR3 register..
Bit 4: Idle line detected This bit is set by hardware when an Idle Line is detected. An interrupt is generated if IDLEIEÂ =Â 1 in the USART_CR1 register. It is cleared by software, writing 1 to the IDLECF in the USART_ICR register. Note: The IDLE bit is not set again until the RXNE bit has been set (i.e. a new idle line occurs). If Mute mode is enabled (MMEÂ =Â 1), IDLE is set if the USART is not mute (RWUÂ =Â 0), whatever the Mute mode selected by the WAKE bit. If RWUÂ =Â 1, IDLE is not set..
Bit 5: Read data register not empty RXNE bit is set by hardware when the content of the USART_RDR shift register has been transferred to the USART_RDR register. It is cleared by reading from the USART_RDR register. The RXNE flag can also be cleared by writing 1 to the RXFRQ in the USART_RQR register. An interrupt is generated if RXNEIEÂ =Â 1 in the USART_CR1 register..
Bit 6: Transmission complete This bit indicates that the last data written in the USART_TDR has been transmitted out of the shift register. It is set by hardware when the transmission of a frame containing data is complete and when TXE is set. An interrupt is generated if TCIEÂ =Â 1 in the USART_CR1 register. TC bit is is cleared by software, by writing 1 to the TCCF in the USART_ICR register or by a write to the USART_TDR register. Note: If TE bit is reset and no transmission is on going, the TC bit is set immediately..
Bit 7: Transmit data register empty TXE is set by hardware when the content of the USART_TDR register has been transferred into the shift register. It is cleared by writing to the USART_TDR register. The TXE flag can also be set by writing 1 to the TXFRQ in the USART_RQR register, in order to discard the data (only in Smartcard T = 0 mode, in case of transmission failure). An interrupt is generated if the TXEIE bit  = 1 in the USART_CR1 register..
Bit 8: LIN break detection flag This bit is set by hardware when the LIN break is detected. It is cleared by software, by writing 1 to the LBDCF in the USART_ICR. An interrupt is generated if LBDIE = 1 in the USART_CR2 register. Note: If the USART does not support LIN mode, this bit is reserved and kept at reset value. Refer to ..
Bit 9: CTS interrupt flag This bit is set by hardware when the nCTS input toggles, if the CTSE bit is set. It is cleared by software, by writing 1 to the CTSCF bit in the USART_ICR register. An interrupt is generated if CTSIEÂ =Â 1 in the USART_CR3 register. Note: If the hardware flow control feature is not supported, this bit is reserved and kept at reset value..
Bit 11: Receiver timeout This bit is set by hardware when the timeout value, programmed in the RTOR register has lapsed, without any communication. It is cleared by software, writing 1 to the RTOCF bit in the USART_ICR register. An interrupt is generated if RTOIEÂ =Â 1 in the USART_CR2 register. In Smartcard mode, the timeout corresponds to the CWT or BWT timings. Note: If a time equal to the value programmed in RTOR register separates 2 characters, RTOF is not set. If this time exceeds this value + 2 sample times (2/16 or 2/8, depending on the oversampling method), RTOF flag is set. The counter counts even if RE = 0 but RTOF is set only when RE = 1. If the timeout has already elapsed when RE is set, then RTOF is set. If the USART does not support the Receiver timeout feature, this bit is reserved and kept at reset value..
Bit 12: End of block flag This bit is set by hardware when a complete block has been received (for example TÂ =Â 1 Smartcard mode). The detection is done when the number of received bytes (from the start of the block, including the prologue) is equal or greater than BLEN + 4. An interrupt is generated if the EOBIEÂ =Â 1 in the USART_CR2 register. It is cleared by software, writing 1 to the EOBCF in the USART_ICR register. Note: If Smartcard mode is not supported, this bit is reserved and kept at reset value. Refer to ..
Bit 13: SPI slave underrun error flag In slave transmission mode, this flag is set when the first clock pulse for data transmission appears while the software has not yet loaded any value into USART_TDR. This flag is reset by setting UDRCF bit in the USART_ICR register. Note: If the USART does not support the SPI slave mode, this bit is reserved and kept at reset value. Refer to ..
Bit 14: Auto baud rate error This bit is set by hardware if the baud rate measurement failed (baud rate out of range or character comparison failed) It is cleared by software, by writing 1 to the ABRRQ bit in the USART_CR3 register. Note: If the USART does not support the auto baud rate feature, this bit is reserved and kept at reset value..
Bit 15: Auto baud rate flag This bit is set by hardware when the automatic baud rate has been set (RXNE is also set, generating an interrupt if RXNEIE = 1) or when the auto baud rate operation was completed without success (ABREÂ =Â 1) (ABRE, RXNE and FE are also set in this case) It is cleared by software, in order to request a new auto baud rate detection, by writing 1 to the ABRRQ in the USART_RQR register. Note: If the USART does not support the auto baud rate feature, this bit is reserved and kept at reset value..
Bit 19: Receiver wakeup from Mute mode This bit indicates if the USART is in Mute mode. It is cleared/set by hardware when a wakeup/mute sequence is recognized. The Mute mode control sequence (address or IDLE) is selected by the WAKE bit in the USART_CR1 register. When wakeup on IDLE mode is selected, this bit can only be set by software, writing 1 to the MMRQ bit in the USART_RQR register. Note: If the USART does not support the wakeup from Stop feature, this bit is reserved and kept at reset value. Refer to ..
Bit 20: Wakeup from low-power mode flag This bit is set by hardware, when a wakeup event is detected. The event is defined by the WUS bitfield. It is cleared by software, writing a 1 to the WUCF in the USART_ICR register. An interrupt is generated if WUFIEÂ =Â 1 in the USART_CR3 register. Note: When UESM is cleared, WUF flag is also cleared. If the USART does not support the wakeup from Stop feature, this bit is reserved and kept at reset value. Refer to ..
Bit 21: Transmit enable acknowledge flag This bit is set/reset by hardware, when the Transmit Enable value is taken into account by the USART. It can be used when an idle frame request is generated by writing TEÂ =Â 0, followed by TEÂ =Â 1 in the USART_CR1 register, in order to respect the TEÂ =Â 0 minimum period..
Bit 22: Receive enable acknowledge flag This bit is set/reset by hardware, when the Receive Enable value is taken into account by the USART. It can be used to verify that the USART is ready for reception before entering low-power mode. Note: If the USART does not support the wakeup from Stop feature, this bit is reserved and kept at reset value. Refer to ..
Bit 25: Transmission complete before guard time flag This bit is set when the last data written in the USART_TDR has been transmitted correctly out of the shift register. It is set by hardware in Smartcard mode, if the transmission of a frame containing data is complete and if the smartcard did not send back any NACK. An interrupt is generated if TCBGTIE = 1 in the USART_CR3 register. This bit is cleared by software, by writing 1 to the TCBGTCF in the USART_ICR register or by a write to the USART_TDR register. Note: If the USART does not support the Smartcard mode, this bit is reserved and kept at reset value. If the USART supports the Smartcard mode and the Smartcard mode is enabled, the TCBGT reset value is '1â. Refer to on page 835..
Interrupt & status register
Offset: 0x1c, reset: 0x008000C0, access: read-only
28/28 fields covered.
Bit 0: Parity error This bit is set by hardware when a parity error occurs in receiver mode. It is cleared by software, writing 1 to the PECF in the USART_ICR register. An interrupt is generated if PEIE = 1 in the USART_CR1 register. Note: This error is associated with the character in the USART_RDR..
Bit 1: Framing error This bit is set by hardware when a de-synchronization, excessive noise or a break character is detected. It is cleared by software, writing 1 to the FECF bit in the USART_ICR register. When transmitting data in Smartcard mode, this bit is set when the maximum number of transmit attempts is reached without success (the card NACKs the data frame). An interrupt is generated if EIEÂ =Â 1 in the USART_CR1 register. Note: This error is associated with the character in the USART_RDR..
Bit 2: Noise detection flag This bit is set by hardware when noise is detected on a received frame. It is cleared by software, writing 1 to the NECF bit in the USART_ICR register. Note: This bit does not generate an interrupt as it appears at the same time as the RXFNE bit which itself generates an interrupt. An interrupt is generated when the NE flag is set during multi buffer communication if the EIE bit is set. When the line is noise-free, the NE flag can be disabled by programming the ONEBIT bit to 1 to increase the USART tolerance to deviations (Refer to Tolerance of the USART receiver to clock deviation on page 861). This error is associated with the character in the USART_RDR..
Bit 3: Overrun error This bit is set by hardware when the data currently being received in the shift register is ready to be transferred into the USART_RDR register while RXFF = 1. It is cleared by a software, writing 1 to the ORECF, in the USART_ICR register. An interrupt is generated if RXFNEIEÂ =Â 1 or EIE = 1 in the USART_CR1 register. Note: When this bit is set, the USART_RDR register content is not lost but the shift register is overwritten. An interrupt is generated if the ORE flag is set during multi buffer communication if the EIE bit is set. This bit is permanently forced to 0 (no overrun detection) when the bit OVRDIS is set in the USART_CR3 register..
Bit 4: Idle line detected This bit is set by hardware when an Idle Line is detected. An interrupt is generated if IDLEIEÂ =Â 1 in the USART_CR1 register. It is cleared by software, writing 1 to the IDLECF in the USART_ICR register. Note: The IDLE bit is not set again until the RXFNE bit has been set (i.e. a new idle line occurs). If Mute mode is enabled (MMEÂ =Â 1), IDLE is set if the USART is not mute (RWUÂ =Â 0), whatever the Mute mode selected by the WAKE bit. If RWUÂ =Â 1, IDLE is not set..
Bit 5: RXFIFO not empty RXFNE bit is set by hardware when the RXFIFO is not empty, meaning that data can be read from the USART_RDR register. Every read operation from the USART_RDR frees a location in the RXFIFO. RXFNE is cleared when the RXFIFO is empty. The RXFNE flag can also be cleared by writing 1 to the RXFRQ in the USART_RQR register. An interrupt is generated if RXFNEIEÂ =Â 1 in the USART_CR1 register..
Bit 6: Transmission complete This bit indicates that the last data written in the USART_TDR has been transmitted out of the shift register. It is set by hardware when the transmission of a frame containing data is complete and when TXFE is set. An interrupt is generated if TCIEÂ =Â 1 in the USART_CR1 register. TC bit is is cleared by software, by writing 1 to the TCCF in the USART_ICR register or by a write to the USART_TDR register. Note: If TE bit is reset and no transmission is on going, the TC bit is immediately set..
Bit 7: TXFIFO not full TXFNF is set by hardware when TXFIFO is not full meaning that data can be written in the USART_TDR. Every write operation to the USART_TDR places the data in the TXFIFO. This flag remains set until the TXFIFO is full. When the TXFIFO is full, this flag is cleared indicating that data can not be written into the USART_TDR. An interrupt is generated if the TXFNFIE bit =1 in the USART_CR1 register. Note: The TXFNF is kept reset during the flush request until TXFIFO is empty. After sending the flush request (by setting TXFRQ bit), the flag TXFNF should be checked prior to writing in TXFIFO (TXFNF and TXFE are set at the same time). This bit is used during single buffer transmission..
Bit 8: LIN break detection flag This bit is set by hardware when the LIN break is detected. It is cleared by software, by writing 1 to the LBDCF in the USART_ICR. An interrupt is generated if LBDIE = 1 in the USART_CR2 register. Note: If the USART does not support LIN mode, this bit is reserved and kept at reset value. Refer to ..
Bit 9: CTS interrupt flag This bit is set by hardware when the nCTS input toggles, if the CTSE bit is set. It is cleared by software, by writing 1 to the CTSCF bit in the USART_ICR register. An interrupt is generated if CTSIEÂ =Â 1 in the USART_CR3 register. Note: If the hardware flow control feature is not supported, this bit is reserved and kept at reset value..
Bit 11: Receiver timeout This bit is set by hardware when the timeout value, programmed in the RTOR register has lapsed, without any communication. It is cleared by software, writing 1 to the RTOCF bit in the USART_ICR register. An interrupt is generated if RTOIEÂ =Â 1 in the USART_CR2 register. In Smartcard mode, the timeout corresponds to the CWT or BWT timings. Note: If a time equal to the value programmed in RTOR register separates 2 characters, RTOF is not set. If this time exceeds this value + 2 sample times (2/16 or 2/8, depending on the oversampling method), RTOF flag is set. The counter counts even if RE = 0 but RTOF is set only when RE = 1. If the timeout has already elapsed when RE is set, then RTOF is set. If the USART does not support the Receiver timeout feature, this bit is reserved and kept at reset value..
Bit 12: End of block flag This bit is set by hardware when a complete block has been received (for example TÂ =Â 1 Smartcard mode). The detection is done when the number of received bytes (from the start of the block, including the prologue) is equal or greater than BLEN + 4. An interrupt is generated if the EOBIEÂ =Â 1 in the USART_CR2 register. It is cleared by software, writing 1 to the EOBCF in the USART_ICR register. Note: If Smartcard mode is not supported, this bit is reserved and kept at reset value. Refer to ..
Bit 13: SPI slave underrun error flag In slave transmission mode, this flag is set when the first clock pulse for data transmission appears while the software has not yet loaded any value into USART_TDR. This flag is reset by setting UDRCF bit in the USART_ICR register. Note: If the USART does not support the SPI slave mode, this bit is reserved and kept at reset value. Refer to ..
Bit 14: Auto baud rate error This bit is set by hardware if the baud rate measurement failed (baud rate out of range or character comparison failed) It is cleared by software, by writing 1 to the ABRRQ bit in the USART_CR3 register. Note: If the USART does not support the auto baud rate feature, this bit is reserved and kept at reset value..
Bit 15: Auto baud rate flag This bit is set by hardware when the automatic baud rate has been set (RXFNE is also set, generating an interrupt if RXFNEIE = 1) or when the auto baud rate operation was completed without success (ABREÂ =Â 1) (ABRE, RXFNE and FE are also set in this case) It is cleared by software, in order to request a new auto baud rate detection, by writing 1 to the ABRRQ in the USART_RQR register. Note: If the USART does not support the auto baud rate feature, this bit is reserved and kept at reset value..
Bit 19: Receiver wakeup from Mute mode This bit indicates if the USART is in Mute mode. It is cleared/set by hardware when a wakeup/mute sequence is recognized. The Mute mode control sequence (address or IDLE) is selected by the WAKE bit in the USART_CR1 register. When wakeup on IDLE mode is selected, this bit can only be set by software, writing 1 to the MMRQ bit in the USART_RQR register. Note: If the USART does not support the wakeup from Stop feature, this bit is reserved and kept at reset value. Refer to ..
Bit 20: Wakeup from low-power mode flag This bit is set by hardware, when a wakeup event is detected. The event is defined by the WUS bitfield. It is cleared by software, writing a 1 to the WUCF in the USART_ICR register. An interrupt is generated if WUFIEÂ =Â 1 in the USART_CR3 register. Note: When UESM is cleared, WUF flag is also cleared. If the USART does not support the wakeup from Stop feature, this bit is reserved and kept at reset value. Refer to ..
Bit 21: Transmit enable acknowledge flag This bit is set/reset by hardware, when the Transmit Enable value is taken into account by the USART. It can be used when an idle frame request is generated by writing TEÂ =Â 0, followed by TEÂ =Â 1 in the USART_CR1 register, in order to respect the TEÂ =Â 0 minimum period..
Bit 22: Receive enable acknowledge flag This bit is set/reset by hardware, when the Receive Enable value is taken into account by the USART. It can be used to verify that the USART is ready for reception before entering low-power mode. Note: If the USART does not support the wakeup from Stop feature, this bit is reserved and kept at reset value. Refer to ..
Bit 23: TXFIFO empty This bit is set by hardware when TXFIFO is empty. When the TXFIFO contains at least one data, this flag is cleared. The TXFE flag can also be set by writing 1 to the bit TXFRQ (bit 4) in the USART_RQR register. An interrupt is generated if the TXFEIE bit  = 1 (bit 30) in the USART_CR1 register..
Bit 25: Transmission complete before guard time flag This bit is set when the last data written in the USART_TDR has been transmitted correctly out of the shift register. It is set by hardware in Smartcard mode, if the transmission of a frame containing data is complete and if the smartcard did not send back any NACK. An interrupt is generated if TCBGTIE = 1 in the USART_CR3 register. This bit is cleared by software, by writing 1 to the TCBGTCF in the USART_ICR register or by a write to the USART_TDR register. Note: If the USART does not support the Smartcard mode, this bit is reserved and kept at reset value. If the USART supports the Smartcard mode and the Smartcard mode is enabled, the TCBGT reset value is '1â. Refer to on page 835..
Bit 26: RXFIFO threshold flag This bit is set by hardware when the threshold programmed in RXFTCFG in USART_CR3 register is reached. This means that there are (RXFTCFG - 1) data in the Receive FIFO and one data in the USART_RDR register. An interrupt is generated if the RXFTIE bit  = 1 (bit 27) in the USART_CR3 register. Note: When the RXFTCFG threshold is configured to '101â, RXFT flag is set if 16 data are available i.e. 15 data in the RXFIFO and 1 data in the USART_RDR. Consequently, the 17th received data does not cause an overrun error. The overrun error occurs after receiving the 18th data..
Receive data register
Offset: 0x24, reset: 0x0000, access: read-only
1/1 fields covered.
| 31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
|
RDR
r |
|||||||||||||||
Transmit data register
Offset: 0x28, reset: 0x0000, access: read-write
0/1 fields covered.
| 31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
|
TDR
rw |
|||||||||||||||
Prescaler register
Offset: 0x2c, reset: 0x0000, access: read-write
0/1 fields covered.
| 31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
|
PRESCALER
rw |
|||||||||||||||
0x40002c00: System window watchdog
0/6 fields covered. Toggle Registers
| Offset | Name | 31 |
30 |
29 |
28 |
27 |
26 |
25 |
24 |
23 |
22 |
21 |
20 |
19 |
18 |
17 |
16 |
15 |
14 |
13 |
12 |
11 |
10 |
9 |
8 |
7 |
6 |
5 |
4 |
3 |
2 |
1 |
0 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0x0 | CR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x4 | CFR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x8 | SR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Control register
Offset: 0x0, reset: 0x0000007F, access: read-write
0/2 fields covered.
| 31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
|
WDGA
rw |
T
rw |
||||||||||||||
Configuration register
Offset: 0x4, reset: 0x0000007F, access: read-write
0/3 fields covered.
| 31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
|
WDGTB
rw |
EWI
rw |
W
rw |
|||||||||||||
Status register
Offset: 0x8, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/1 fields covered.
| 31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
|
EWIF
rw |
|||||||||||||||